See in Reader
Merged Chris' edits to Luke (#1735)
Merge branch 'master' into christopherrsmith-patch-1 Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Update 'en_tn_43-LUK.tsv' Co-authored-by: christopherrsmith <christopherrsmith@noreply.door43.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1735 Co-Authored-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Co-Committed-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
970f932caf
commit
54ef66fdf5
2136
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
2136
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
|
|
@ -3226,873 +3226,1273 @@ LUK 18 42 m257 ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has sav
|
|||
LUK 18 43 m258 ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he followed him The word **followed** here does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 18 43 d1kk δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
|
||||
LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)<br>3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinner”<br>The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15)<br><br>### Spreading garments and branches<br><br>When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### The merchants in the temple<br><br>Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
LUK 19 1 j35m writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 begin to give background information for the events that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Now, there was a man The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 z91v writing-background αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος 1 he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich This is background information about Zacchaeus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 3 lf9m writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 3 completes the background information begun in [Luke 19:1-2](./01.md) for the events that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 3 m3ux ἐζήτει 1 He was trying “Zacchaeus was trying”
|
||||
LUK 19 3 njt7 ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 because he was small in height “because he was short”
|
||||
LUK 19 4 k984 καὶ προδραμὼν 1 So he ran The author has finished giving the background to the event and now begins to describe the event itself.
|
||||
LUK 19 4 pzr6 συκομορέαν 1 a sycamore tree “a sycamore fig tree.” It produces small round fruit about 2.5 centimeters across. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree”
|
||||
LUK 19 5 mr51 τὸν τόπον 1 the place “the tree” or “where Zacchaeus was”
|
||||
LUK 19 6 zrw4 καὶ σπεύσας 1 So he hurried “So Zacchaeus hurried”
|
||||
LUK 19 7 mit4 figs-explicit πάντες διεγόγγυζον 1 they all complained The Jews hated the tax collectors and did not think any good person should associate with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 7 k2cl παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι 1 He has gone in to visit with a sinful man “Jesus has gone into the house of a sinner to visit him”
|
||||
LUK 19 7 yl4h ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 a sinful man “an obvious sinner” or “a real sinner”
|
||||
LUK 19 8 s46z τὸν Κύριον 1 the Lord This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 19 8 u2bt ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 I will restore four times the amount “return to them four times as much as I took from them”
|
||||
LUK 19 9 h8ep figs-abstractnouns σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο 1 salvation has come to this house It was understood that salvation comes from God. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 i8yg figs-metonymy τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 this house The word “house” here refers to the people living in the house or the family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 f65b καὶ αὐτὸς 1 he too “this man too” or “Zacchaeus also”
|
||||
LUK 19 9 v3hq υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 a son of Abraham Possible meanings are (1) “descendant of Abraham” and (2) “person who has faith as Abraham did.”
|
||||
LUK 19 10 myp2 ἦλθεν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man came Jesus is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came”
|
||||
LUK 19 10 fqx4 τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 those who are lost “the people who have wandered away from God” or “those who by sinning have wandered away from God”
|
||||
LUK 19 11 vue7 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to tell a parable to the crowd. Verse 11 gives background information about why Jesus tells the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 qs7z figs-explicit ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι 1 that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately The Jews believed that the Messiah would establish the kingdom as soon as he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that Jesus would immediately begin to rule over God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 12 m9j6 ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς 1 A certain man of noble birth “A certain man who was a member of the ruling class” or “A certain man from an important family”
|
||||
LUK 19 12 mtz9 figs-explicit λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν 1 to receive for himself a kingdom This is the image of a lesser king going to a greater king. The greater king would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 n745 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 13 m387 καλέσας 1 he called “The nobleman called.” It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “Before he left, he called”
|
||||
LUK 19 13 xx6p ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς 1 gave them ten minas “gave each of them one mina”
|
||||
LUK 19 13 t82q translate-bweight δέκα μνᾶς 1 ten minas A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days’ wages, what people would be paid for about four months’ work, so ten minas would have been about three years’ wages. Alternate translation: “ten valuable coins” or “a large amount of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 vwp2 πραγματεύσασθαι 1 Conduct business “Trade with this money” or “Use this money in order to earn more”
|
||||
LUK 19 14 i998 οἱ…πολῖται αὐτοῦ 1 his citizens “the people of his country”
|
||||
LUK 19 14 j9v1 πρεσβείαν 1 a delegation “a group of people to represent them” or “several messengers”
|
||||
LUK 19 15 g3jp καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
LUK 19 15 s9a7 λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν 1 having received the kingdom “after he had become king”
|
||||
LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 be called to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 xc6s τί διεπραγματεύσαντο 1 what profit they had made “how much money they had earned”
|
||||
LUK 19 16 iy7i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first “The first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 n37f παρεγένετο 1 came before him “came before the nobleman”
|
||||
LUK 19 16 ejx9 figs-explicit ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 your mina has made ten minas more It is implied that the servant was the one who caused the profit. Alternate translation: “I used your mina to make a profit of ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 j7ag translate-bweight ἡ μνᾶ 1 mina A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days’ wages, what people would be paid for about four months’ work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 abcq εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “the nobleman said to the first servant”
|
||||
LUK 19 17 n5at εὖ 1 Well done “You have done well.” Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval, such as “Good job.”
|
||||
LUK 19 17 t6zk ἐλαχίστῳ 1 very little This refers to the one mina, which the nobleman apparently did not consider to be a lot of money.
|
||||
LUK 19 18 zsr1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 The second “The second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-explicit ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina, master, has made five minas It is implied that the servant was the one who caused the profit. Alternate translation: “Lord, I used your mina to make a profit of five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 d811 translate-bweight ἡ μνᾶ 1 mina A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days’ wages, what people would be paid for about four months’ work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 abcr εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ 1 So he also said to this one “So the nobleman also said to that servant”
|
||||
LUK 19 19 jxa9 σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you will be over five cities “You will have authority over five cities”
|
||||
LUK 19 20 h937 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 20 n71e ὁ ἕτερος ἦλθεν 1 the other came “Another servant came”
|
||||
LUK 19 20 r25f translate-bweight ἡ μνᾶ 1 mina A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days’ wages, what people would be paid for about four months’ work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 l2wr εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 I kept put away in a cloth “wrapped in a cloth and stored away”
|
||||
LUK 19 21 w5yw ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς 1 a demanding man “a stern man” or “a man who expects a lot from his servants”
|
||||
LUK 19 21 a6ja figs-metaphor αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας 1 You take up what you did not put down This was probably a proverb. A person who takes out of storage or out of a bank things that he did not put in is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people’s hard work. Alternate translation: “You take out what you did not put in” or “You are like a person how takes out what other people put in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 you reap what you did not sow This was probably a proverb. A person who harvests food that someone else has planted is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people’s hard work. Alternate translation: “you are like a person who reaps the fruit of what other people sowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 q2k2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 22 wt8q figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου 1 By your mouth His “words” refer to all that he had said. Alternate translation: “Based on what you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 xga8 ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι 1 Did you know that I am a demanding man The nobleman was repeating what the servant had said about him. He was not saying that it was true. Alternate translation: “You say that I am a demanding person”
|
||||
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον…σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 why did you not put the money…I would have collected it with interest? The nobleman uses a question to rebuke the wicked servant. Alternate translation: “you should have put my money…interest.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 e1yh ἔδωκάς…τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν 1 put the money in a bank “lent my money to a bank.” Cultures that do not have banks might translate it as “let someone borrow my money.”
|
||||
LUK 19 23 k39i τράπεζαν 1 a bank A bank is a business that safely holds money for people. A bank lends that money to others for a profit. Therefore it pays an extra amount, or interest, to the people who keep their money in the bank.
|
||||
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest “I could have collected that amount plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
|
||||
LUK 19 23 k8x6 τόκῳ 1 interest Interest is money that a bank pays people who put their money in the bank.
|
||||
LUK 19 24 t946 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 24 h1nn εἶπεν 1 he said The nobleman had become king. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:12](../19/12.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 24 aj1c τοῖς παρεστῶσιν 1 to those who were standing by “the people who were standing near them”
|
||||
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν 1 the mina A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days’ wages, what people would be paid for about four months’ work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m7ql ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 he has ten minas. “he already has ten minas!”
|
||||
LUK 19 26 xww6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 26 x6ay λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This was the king speaking. Some translators may want to start this verse with “And the king replied, ‘I say to you’” or “But the king said ‘I tell you this’” .
|
||||
LUK 19 26 f5hn figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται 1 everyone who has will be given more It is implied that what he has is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone who uses well what he has been given, I will give him more” or “to everyone who uses well what I have given him I will give more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 ab42 figs-explicit ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος 1 from the one who does not have It is implied that the reason he does not have money is because he did not use his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “from the person who does not use well what I have given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 d1g9 figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 27 u44z τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους 1 these enemies of mine Since the enemies were not right there, some languages would say “those enemies of mine.”
|
||||
LUK 19 28 x7bx writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Zacchaeus. This verse tells us what Jesus does after this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 19 28 l43i εἰπὼν ταῦτα 1 When he had said these things “When Jesus had said these things”
|
||||
LUK 19 28 ja5p ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than Jericho, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
LUK 19 29 u6hj 0 General Information: Jesus approaches Jerusalem.
|
||||
LUK 19 29 y9q8 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 kpc6 ὡς ἤγγισεν 1 when he came near The word “he” refers to Jesus. His disciples were also traveling with him.
|
||||
LUK 19 29 q1wn translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage Bethphage was (and still is) a village on the Mount of Olives, which is across the Kidron Valley from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 lj69 τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet “the hill that is called the Mount of Olives” or “the hill that is called ‘Olive Tree Mountain’”
|
||||
LUK 19 30 qq5c πῶλον 1 a colt “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal”
|
||||
LUK 19 30 w1yp figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has ever sat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 px4k figs-hypo καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς…αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 If anyone asks you…has need of it Jesus tells the disciples how to answer a question that has not yet been asked. However, people in the village will soon ask the question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 emu8 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε 1 If anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ you will say thus The inner quote can also be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “If any one asks you why you are untying it, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 19 32 hdd8 figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 those who were sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The two disciples that Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 biw8 οἱ κύριοι 1 the owners “the owners of the colt”
|
||||
LUK 19 35 scz2 ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον 1 they threw their cloaks upon the colt “put their robes on the young donkey.” Cloaks are outer robes.
|
||||
LUK 19 35 g49k ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 they put Jesus on it “helped Jesus get up on and ride on the colt”
|
||||
LUK 19 36 lxj5 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they were spreading their cloaks “people spread their cloaks.” This is a sign of giving honor to someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 ba9e ἐγγίζοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤδη 1 Then as he was already coming near “As Jesus was going near.” Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him.
|
||||
LUK 19 37 t4nk πρὸς τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 to the descent of the Mount of Olives “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m8hn ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων 1 mighty works which they had seen “great things they had seen Jesus do”
|
||||
LUK 19 38 x7wk εὐλογημένος ὁ…βασιλεὺς 1 Blessed is the king They were saying this about Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 19 38 nsg4 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here “name” refers to power and authority. Also, “Lord” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 d7b4 ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη 1 Peace in heaven “May there be peace in heaven” or “We want to see peace in heaven”
|
||||
LUK 19 38 vb29 figs-metonymy δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 glory in the highest “May there be glory in the highest” or “We want to see glory in the highest.” The words “the highest” refer to heaven, which is a metonym for God, who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: “Let everyone give glory to God in the highest heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 39 sq8q ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 from the crowd “in the large crowd”
|
||||
LUK 19 39 yv21 ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου 1 rebuke your disciples “tell your disciples to stop doing these things”
|
||||
LUK 19 40 efm9 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I tell you Jesus said this to emphasize what he would say next.
|
||||
LUK 19 40 b2w6 figs-hypo ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 if these were silent, the stones would cry out This is a hypothetical situation. Some translators may need to make it clear what Jesus was implying when he said this: “no, I will not rebuke them, for if these people were to be silent…cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 v8tc οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 the stones would cry out “the stones would call out praises”
|
||||
LUK 19 41 v3pq τὴν πόλιν 1 the city This refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
LUK 19 41 k4l2 figs-metonymy ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 he wept over it The word “it” refers to the city of Jerusalem, but it represents the people who lived in that city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 g1ee εἰ ἔγνως…τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 If only you had known…the things which bring peace Jesus expresses his sadness that the people of Jerusalem had missed the opportunity to be at peace with God.
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως 1 you had known The word “you” is singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if this would be unnatural in your language, you could use a plural form of “you” to refer to the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 tgs6 figs-metonymy ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they are hidden from your eyes “your eyes” refer to the ability to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you can no longer see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 i4p7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking.
|
||||
LUK 19 43 y3g2 ὅτι 1 For What follows is the reason for Jesus’ sadness.
|
||||
LUK 19 43 tib4 ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ, καὶ περιβαλοῦσίν οἱ ἐχθροί σου 1 the days will come upon you when indeed your enemies will build This indicates that they will experience difficult times. Some languages do not talk about time “coming.” Alternate translation: “in the future these things will happen to you: Your enemies” or “soon you will endure troublesome times. Your enemies”
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου 1 you…your The word “you” is singular because Jesus is speaking to the city as he would to a woman. But if this would be unnatural in your language, you could use a plural form of “you” to refer to the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 e7xp χάρακά 1 a barricade This refers to a wall to keep the people from getting out of the city.
|
||||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 They will strike you down to the ground and your children with you Jesus is speaking to the people of the city as if he were speaking to the city itself as he would speak to a woman. He speaks of the people who live in the city as if they are the woman’s children, and thus the city’s children. To strike down a city is to destroy its walls and buildings, and to strike down its children is to kill those who live in it. Alternate translation: “They will completely destroy you and kill all who live in you” or “They will completely destroy your city and kill all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον 1 They will not leave one stone upon another “They will not leave any of the stones in place.” This is a hyperbole to express that the enemies will completely destroy the city, which is built of stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 xv9n σοί…οὐκ ἔγνως 1 you did not recognize “you did not acknowledge”
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in this part of the story. Jesus enters the temple in Jerusalem.
|
||||
LUK 19 45 u91v figs-explicit καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Then entering into the temple You may need to make explicit that he first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and then went to the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 j6ce figs-explicit καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 entered the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building. Alternate translation: “went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 py1x ἐκβάλλειν 1 to cast out “throw out” or “force out”
|
||||
LUK 19 46 v81e figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This is a quotation from Isaiah. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The scriptures say” or “A prophet wrote these words in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 uvf7 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house The word “My” refers to God and “house” refers to the temple.
|
||||
LUK 19 46 wac1 οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer “a place where people pray to me”
|
||||
LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus speaks of the temple as if it were a place where thieves come together. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of this part of the story. These verses tell about ongoing action that continues after the main part of the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 z2n8 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple “in the temple courtyard” or “at the temple”
|
||||
LUK 19 48 pnf9 ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων 1 were listening, hanging on to his words “were paying close attention to what Jesus was saying”
|
||||
LUK 20 intro h6in 0 # Luke 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:17, 42-43, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Using questions to trap people<br><br>When Jesus asked the Pharisees who gave John the authority to baptize ([Luke 20:4](../../luk/20/04.md)), they could not answer because any answer they gave would give someone a reason to say that they were wrong ([Luke 20:5-6](./05.md)). They thought that they would be able to say that Jesus was wrong when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar ([Luke 20:22](../../luk/20/22.md)), but Jesus gave them an answer that they had not thought of.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. In this passage, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will himself be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. ([Luke 20:41-44](./41.md)).
|
||||
LUK 20 1 idi8 0 Connecting Statement: The chief priests, scribes, and elders question Jesus in the temple.
|
||||
LUK 20 1 h8gv writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Now it happend that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 20 1 vtg4 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple “in the temple courtyard” or “at the temple”
|
||||
LUK 20 3 vcn1 0 General Information: Jesus responds to the chief priests, scribes, and elders.
|
||||
LUK 20 3 qn89 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 So he answered and said to them “Jesus replied”
|
||||
LUK 20 3 ku6a ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι 1 I will also ask you a question, and you tell me The words “I will…ask you a question” are a statement. The words “you tell me” are a command.
|
||||
LUK 20 4 uph3 figs-rquestion ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men Jesus knows that John’s authority comes from heaven, so he is not asking for information. He asks the question so the Jewish leaders will have to tell what they think to all who are listening. This question is rhetorical, but you will probably have to translate it as a question. Alternate translation: “do you think John’s authority to baptize people came from heaven or from men” or “was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 4 z7cg figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven “from God.” Jewish people avoided referring to God by his name “Yahweh.” Often they used the word “heaven” to refer to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 mn6x οἱ…συνελογίσαντο 1 they reasoned “They discussed” or “They considered their answer”
|
||||
LUK 20 5 a3r8 πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 among themselves “among themselves” or “with each other”
|
||||
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotations ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ 1 If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority is from heaven, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 m4l7 figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven “From God.” Jewish people avoided referring to God by his name “Yahweh.” Often they used the word “heaven” to refer to him. See how these words are translated in [Luke 20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 fwa2 ἐρεῖ 1 he will say “Jesus will say”
|
||||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotations ἐὰν…εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 if we say, ‘From men,’ Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “if we say that John’s authority is from men,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 will stone us “kill us by throwing stones on us.” God’s Law commanded that his people stone those of his people who mocked him or his prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 ia28 καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν 1 So they answered that “So the chief priests, scribes and elders answered.” The word “so” marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they had reasoned with themselves ([Luke 20:5-6](./05.md)), and they did not have an answer they wanted to say.
|
||||
LUK 20 7 w2bc figs-quotations ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν 1 they answered that they did not know where it was from. This could be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘We do not know where it came from.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 eeg7 πόθεν 1 where it was from “where John’s baptism came from.” Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who authorized John to baptize people”
|
||||
LUK 20 8 d3bg οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Neither will I tell you “And I will not tell you.” Jesus knew they were not willing to tell him the answer, so he responded in the same manner. Alternate translation: “Just as you will not tell me, I will not tell you”
|
||||
LUK 20 9 mf5e figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to tell a parable to the people in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 s8tt ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it out to vine growers “allowed some vine growers to use it in exchange for payment” or “allowed some vine growers to use it and pay him later.” Payment might be in the form of money, or a portion of the harvest.
|
||||
LUK 20 9 y37s γεωργοῖς 1 vine growers These are people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 wm51 καιρῷ 1 the appointed time “the time they had agreed to pay him.” This would have been at the harvest time.
|
||||
LUK 20 10 kr7j ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard “some of the grapes” or “some of what they produced in the vineyard.” It could also refer to the things they made from grapes or the money they earned by selling the grapes.
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away empty-handed An empty hand is a metaphor for “nothing.” Alternate translation: “sent him away without paying him” or “sent him away without the grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 11 nq2x κἀκεῖνον δείραντες 1 also beat that one “beat that servant”
|
||||
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treating him shamefully “humiliated him”
|
||||
LUK 20 11 vxh2 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν 1 sent him away empty-handed Having an empty hand is a metaphor for having nothing. Alternate translation: “sent him away without paying him” or “sent him away without any grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third “even a third servant” or “yet another servant.” The word “yet” hints at the fact that the landowner should not have had to send the second servant, but he went beyond that and sent a third servant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 ub4g τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες 1 wounded that one “injured that servant”
|
||||
LUK 20 12 h32a ἐξέβαλον 1 threw him out “threw him out of the vineyard”
|
||||
LUK 20 13 kt8i figs-rquestion τί ποιήσω? 1 What should I do? This question emphasizes that the vineyard owner thought carefully about what he was going to do. Alternate translation: “Here is what I will do:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 ib2b ἰδόντες…αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 when the vine growers saw him “when the farmers saw the owner’s son”
|
||||
LUK 20 14 rvi4 ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν 1 Let us kill him They were not asking permission. The said this to encourage each other to kill the heir.
|
||||
LUK 20 15 u7us 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his parable to the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 20 15 m6en ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 they threw him out of the vineyard “The vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard”
|
||||
LUK 20 15 dlu4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them? Jesus uses a question to get his listeners to pay attention to what the owner of the vineyard will do. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 16 k18g μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be! “May it never happen”
|
||||
LUK 20 17 ne1d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 20 17 qtb7 ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς 1 But Jesus looked at them “But Jesus stared at them” or “But he looked straight at them.” He did this to hold them accountable to understand what he was saying.
|
||||
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας? 1 What then is this that is written: ‘The stone…the cornerstone’? Jesus uses a question to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “You should be able to understand that which is written: ‘The stone…cornerstone.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 l6l3 γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 this that is written “this scripture”
|
||||
LUK 20 17 a5kc figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that the builders rejected has become the cornerstone This is the first of three metaphors in a prophecy from the book of Psalms. This one refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use, but that God made the most important stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 bd2f λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that the builders rejected “The stone that the builders said was not good enough to use for building.” In those days people used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings.
|
||||
LUK 20 17 w9b8 οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 the builders This refers to the religious rulers who are rejecting Jesus as Messiah.
|
||||
LUK 20 17 bh2r κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the cornerstone “the chief stone of the building” or “the most important stone of the building”
|
||||
LUK 20 18 d7n2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν…συνθλασθήσεται 1 Every one who falls…broken to pieces This second metaphor speaks of people who reject the Messiah as if they fall over a stone and are injured. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 18 n3n5 figs-activepassive συνθλασθήσεται 1 will be broken to pieces This is a result of falling onto the stone. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 18 fdu6 figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ 1 But on whomever it falls “But whomever that stone falls on.” This third metaphor speaks about the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 vbf7 figs-metonymy ἐζήτησαν…ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 sought to lay hands on him In this verse, to “lay hands on” someone is to arrest that person. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 u4tz ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that very hour “immediately”
|
||||
LUK 20 19 u4ta figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν 1 they were afraid of the people This is the reason that they did not arrest Jesus right away. The people respected Jesus, and the religious leaders were afraid of what the people might do if they arrested him. Alternate translation: “they did not arrest him because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 f1en ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους 1 they sent out spies “the scribes and chief priests sent spies to watch Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 20 20 ml5w ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου 1 so that they might find fault with his speech “because they wanted to accuse Jesus of saying something bad”
|
||||
LUK 20 20 r84a figs-explicit τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 to the rule and to the authority of the governor “Rule” and “authority” are two ways of saying that they wanted the governor to judge Jesus. It can be translated with one or both expressions. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would punish Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 q9q4 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the next event in this part of the story. Some time has passed since Jesus was questioned in the temple by the chief priests. The spies are now questioning Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 20 21 xn1w ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 they asked him “The spies asked Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 20 21 i3fr Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν…ἐπ’ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ διδάσκεις 1 Teacher, we know…you teach the way of God in truth The spies were trying to deceive Jesus. They did not believe these things about Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 20 21 v93z figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know “we” refers only to the spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 fi1t figs-activepassive οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον 1 do not show partiality Possible meanings are (1) “you tell the truth even if important people do not like it” or (2) “you do not favor one person over another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 ubu9 ἀλλ’ ἐπ’ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ διδάσκεις 1 but you teach the truth about the way of God This is part of what the spies were saying that they knew about Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 20 22 fi6p ἔξεστιν…ἢ οὔ? 1 Is it lawful…or not? They hoped that Jesus would say either “yes” or “no.” If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws.
|
||||
LUK 20 22 j6wb ἔξεστιν 1 Is it lawful They were asking about God’s law, not about Caesar’s law. Alternate translation: “Does our law permit us”
|
||||
LUK 20 22 h4cc figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 Caesar Because Caesar was the ruler of the Roman government, they could refer to the Roman government by Caesar’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 23 z9dm κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν 1 But he understood their craftiness “But Jesus understood how tricky they were” or “But Jesus saw that they were trying to trap him.” The word “their” refers to the spies.
|
||||
LUK 20 24 j21y translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This is a Roman silver coin worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 20 24 cvs9 figs-rquestion τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν? 1 Whose image and inscription does it have? Jesus uses a question to respond to those who were trying to trick him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 24 wt51 εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν 1 image and inscription “picture and name”
|
||||
LUK 20 25 z96i 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of this event about the spies and the part of the story which began in [Luke 20:1](../20/01.md).
|
||||
LUK 20 25 bh1x ὁ δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 Then he said to them “Then Jesus said to them”
|
||||
LUK 20 25 rey9 figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar Here “Caesar” refers to the Roman government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 25 gj71 figs-ellipsis τῷ Θεῷ 1 to God The word “give” is understood from the previous phrase. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 26 wa3s καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος 1 So they were not able to trap him in what he said “The spies could not find anything wrong with what he said”
|
||||
LUK 20 26 yc1y καὶ θαυμάσαντες ἐπὶ τῇ ἀποκρίσει αὐτοῦ, ἐσίγησαν 1 but marveling at his answer, they were silent “but they were amazed at his answer and did not say anything”
|
||||
LUK 20 27 c6s4 0 General Information: We do not know where this takes place, though it possibly took place in the temple courtyard. Jesus is talking with some Sadducees.
|
||||
LUK 20 27 f9e3 figs-distinguish οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 the ones who say that there is no resurrection This phrase identifies the Sadducees as being the group of Jews that say that no one would rise from the dead. It does not imply that some Sadducees believed that there is a resurrection and some did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 d6yl ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ 1 if anyone’s brother dies having a wife, and he is childless “if a man’s brother dies when he has a wife but does not have children”
|
||||
LUK 20 28 sjt5 ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 that his brother should take his wife “the man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
|
||||
LUK 20 28 pn1c figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 raise up offspring for his brother The Jews considered the first son born to a woman who married her dead husband’s brother as if he were the son of the woman’s first husband. This son inherited the property of his mother’s first husband and carried on his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 e1b5 0 General Information: The Sadducees tell Jesus a short story in verses 29-32. This is a story they made up as an example. In verse 33, they ask Jesus a question about the story they told.
|
||||
LUK 20 29 c2jr 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees finish asking Jesus their question.
|
||||
LUK 20 29 ax5n ἑπτὰ…ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 there were seven brothers This may have happened, but it is probably a story that they made up to test Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 20 29 si57 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first “brother number one” or “the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 qt6a ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος 1 died childless “died without having any children” or “died, but did not have any children”
|
||||
LUK 20 30 p5mw figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second Jesus kept the story short by not repeating many of the details. Alternate translation: “the second married her and the same thing happened” or “the second brother married her and died without having any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 r4xe translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second “brother number two” or “the oldest brother who was still alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 d5tq ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the third took her “The third married her”
|
||||
LUK 20 31 ky9p translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 the third “Brother number three” or “The oldest brother who was still alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 f1fj figs-ellipsis ὡσαύτως…καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 likewise the seven also left no children, and died They did not repeat many of the details to keep the story short. Alternate translation: “in the same way the rest of the seven brothers married her and had no children and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 y4wt οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven “all seven of the brothers” or “each of the seven brothers”
|
||||
LUK 20 33 avu1 ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει 1 In the resurrection “When people are raised from the dead” or “When dead people will become alive again.” Some languages have a way of showing that the Sadducees did not believe that there would be a resurrection, such as “In the supposed resurrection” or “When dead people are supposedly raised from the dead.”
|
||||
LUK 20 34 dn48 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to answer the Sadducees.
|
||||
LUK 20 34 n91c οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 The sons of this age “The people of this world” or “The people of this time.” This is in contrast with those in heaven or the people who live after the resurrection.
|
||||
LUK 20 34 nlu3 figs-explicit γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 marry and are given in marriage In that culture they spoke of men marrying women and women being given in marriage to their husband. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου 1 those who are regarded as worthy to obtain that age This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people in that age whom God will consider to be worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 of the resurrection which is from the dead “to be raised from the dead” or “to rise from death”
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m3gm ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To receive resurrection from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-explicit οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 will neither marry nor be given in marriage In that culture they spoke of men marrying women and women being given in marriage to their husband. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will not marry” or “will not get married.” This is after the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 neither are they able to die anymore This is after the resurrection. Alternate translation: “They will not be able to die anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 btb3 υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ, τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες 1 they are sons of God, being sons of the resurrection “are children of God because he has brought them back from the dead”
|
||||
LUK 20 37 ky7p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes answering the Sadducees.
|
||||
LUK 20 37 g3xg figs-activepassive ὅτι δὲ ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ, καὶ Μωϋσῆς ἐμήνυσεν 1 But that the dead are raised, even Moses showed The word “even” is here because the Sadducees might not have been surprised that some scriptures say that the dead are raised, but they did not expect Moses to have written something like that. Alternate translation: “But even Moses showed that dead people rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush “in the part of scripture where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 nx7f ὡς λέγει Κύριον 1 where he calls the Lord “where Moses called the Lord”
|
||||
LUK 20 37 pqm8 τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jaco “the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.” They all worshiped the same God.
|
||||
LUK 20 38 tdq7 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Jesus explains how this story proves that people rise from the dead.
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism Θεὸς…οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 he is not the God of the dead, but of the living These two sentences have similar meaning said twice for emphasis. Some languages have different ways of showing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Lord is the God of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 but of the living “but the God of living people.” Since these people died physically, they must still be alive spiritually. Alternate translation: “but the God of people whose spirits are alive, even though their bodies may have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 i6am πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 because all live to him “because in God’s sight they all are still alive” or “because their spirits are alive in God’s presence”
|
||||
LUK 20 39 n5nq figs-explicit ἀποκριθέντες…τινες τῶν γραμματέων 1 some of the scribes answered “Some of the scribes said to Jesus.” There were scribes present when the Sadducees were questioning Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 40 i6sv οὐκέτι γὰρ ἐτόλμων 1 For they did not dare It is unclear if this refers to the scribes, or the Sadducees, or both. It is best to keep the statement general.
|
||||
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they did not dare ask him anything “they were afraid to ask…questions” or “they did not risk asking…questions.” They understood that they did not know as much as Jesus did, but they did not want to say that. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they did ask him any more tricky questions because they feared that his wise answers would make them appear foolish again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 t981 0 General Information: Jesus asks the scribes a question.
|
||||
LUK 20 41 mda6 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν…Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν? 1 How do they say…David’s son? “Why do they say…son?” Jesus uses a question to make the scribes think about who the Messiah is. Alternate translation: “Let’s think about them saying…son.” or “I will talk about them saying…son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 sq2g figs-explicit λέγουσιν 1 they say The prophets, the religious rulers, and the Jewish people in general knew that the Messiah was the son of David. Alternate translation: “everyone says” or “people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-synecdoche Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 David’s son “King David’s descendant.” The word “son” is used here to refer to a descendant. In this case it refers to the one who would reign over God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 h2al εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord This is a quotation from the book of Psalms which says “Yahweh said to my Lord.” But the Jews stopped saying “Yahweh” and often said “Lord” instead. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”
|
||||
LUK 20 42 e1i2 Κυρίῳ μου 1 my Lord David was referring to the Christ as “my Lord.”
|
||||
LUK 20 42 pse3 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet The Messiah’s enemies are spoken of as if they were furniture on which he would rest his feet. This was an image of submission. Alternate translation: “until I make your enemies like a footstool for you” or “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ In the culture of that time, a father was more respected than a son. David’s us of the title ‘Lord’ for the Christ implies that he was greater than David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 so how is he his son? “so how can the Christ be David’s son?” This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “this shows that the Christ is not merely David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 45 k3pf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus now directs his attention to his disciples and speaks mainly to them.
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m2yu προσέχετε ἀπὸ 1 Beware of “Be on guard against”
|
||||
LUK 20 46 ang2 figs-explicit θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes Long robes would show that they were important. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around wearing their important robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 c7yv figs-metaphor οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows “They also eat up widows’ houses.” The scribes are spoken of as if they were hungry animals that eat up the widows’ houses. The word “houses” is a synecdoche for both where the widow lives and all the possessions she puts in her home. Alternate translation: “They also take away from widows all their possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 g67x προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται 1 for a show they pray at length “they pretend to be righteous and make long prayers” or “they make long prayers so that people will see them”
|
||||
LUK 20 47 zpp5 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation “They will receive a more severe judgment.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them very severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jesus told his disciples much about what would happen before he returned.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am he,’”<br><br>Jesus taught that before he returned many people would falsely claim to be him returning. It will also be a time when many people will hate Jesus’ followers and even want to kill them.<br><br>### “Until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the Gentiles,” the time when the Gentiles would rule over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 21:27](../../luk/21/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus begins teaching his disciples, either on the same day that the Sadducees question Jesus ([Luke 20:27](../20/27.md)) or on a different day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 nf4c figs-explicit τὰ δῶρα 1 gifts You may need to make explicit what the gifts were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 unv2 τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the treasury one of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money as a gift to God
|
||||
LUK 21 2 xrk2 writing-participants τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν 1 a certain poor widow This is a way of introducing a new character to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 vzu8 translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites “two small coins” or “two tiny copper coins.” These were the least valuable of the coins people used then. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 t97j ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This means that what Jesus was about to say was very important.
|
||||
LUK 21 3 i8gf figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 rwt3 figs-hyperbole ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν 1 this poor widow put in more than all of them God considers her gift, a small amount of money, more significant than the large amounts of money the men gave. Alternate translation: “the small gift of this widow is more valuable than the larger gifts of the rich men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 4 x3qb ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα 1 put in the gifts out of their abundance “have a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
|
||||
LUK 21 4 gaj8 ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς 1 out of her poverty “who has very little money”
|
||||
LUK 21 5 vgp3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus switches from talking about the widow to teaching about the temple.
|
||||
LUK 21 5 vk7z ἀναθέμασιν 1 offerings things people had given to God
|
||||
LUK 21 6 lcz6 ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε 1 these things that you see This refers to the beautiful temple and its decorations.
|
||||
LUK 21 6 wcd9 ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days will come in which “there will be a time when” or “someday”
|
||||
LUK 21 6 ajx2 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται…ἐπὶ λίθῳ, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 will be left on another which will not be torn down A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “left on another. They will all be torn down” or “left on another. Enemies will tear down every stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 dps1 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος…οὐ καταλυθήσεται 0 not one stone will be left…not be torn down This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every stone will be removed from its place and they will all be torn down”
|
||||
LUK 21 6 jfl1 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται…ἐπὶ λίθῳ, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 left on another which will not be torn down A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “left on another. They will all be torn down” or “left on another. Enemies will tear down every stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 7 rix4 ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν 1 they asked him “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him”
|
||||
LUK 21 7 a11j ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple.
|
||||
LUK 21 8 vu18 figs-you μὴ πλανηθῆτε 1 you are not deceived Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word “you” is plural. Alternate translation: “that you do not believe lies” or “that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 f1ed figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name People coming in his name claim to represent him. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” or “claiming to have my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 h6zp ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am he “I am the Christ” or “I am the Messiah”
|
||||
LUK 21 8 sls1 μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν 1 Do not go after them “Do not believe them” or “Do not become their disciples”
|
||||
LUK 21 9 p5w5 πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας 1 wars and riots Here “wars” probably refers to fighting between countries, and “riots” probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against others in their country. Alternate translation: “wars and rebellions” or “wars and revolutions”
|
||||
LUK 21 9 eze2 μὴ πτοηθῆτε 1 do not be terrified “do not let these things terrify you” or “do not be afraid”
|
||||
LUK 21 9 msn6 figs-explicit οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος 1 it will not immediately be the end This refers to the final judgment. Alternate translation: “the end of the world will not happen immediately after the wars and riots” or “the world will not end immediately after those things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 9 jyh8 τὸ τέλος 1 the end “the end of everything” or “the end of the age”
|
||||
LUK 21 10 yj1i τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them “Then Jesus said to his disciples.” Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer not to say “Then he said to them.”
|
||||
LUK 21 10 ms79 figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation Here “nation” is a metonym for the people of the nation, and “rise against” is a metonym for attack. The word “nation” represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of one nation will attack the people of other nations” or “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 ax4w ἔθνος 1 Nation This refers to ethnic groups of people rather than to countries.
|
||||
LUK 21 10 e65b figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase and mean attack. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 11 gw7x figs-ellipsis κατὰ τόπους, λιμοὶ καὶ λοιμοὶ 1 famines and plagues in various places The words “there will be” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “there will be famines and plagues in many places” or “there will be times of hunger and diseases in different places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 21 11 ib3l φόβηθρά 1 terrifying events “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
|
||||
LUK 21 12 unm4 τούτων 1 these things This refers to the terrible things that Jesus has said will happen.
|
||||
LUK 21 12 w5uz figs-metonymy ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 they will lay their hands on you “they will grab you.” This expression refers to people exercising authority over the disciples. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 qd99 ἐπιβαλοῦσιν 1 they will lay “people will” or “enemies will”
|
||||
LUK 21 12 c44t figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 w2i4 figs-metonymy παραδιδόντες εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 delivering you over to the synagogues The word “synagogues” is a metonym for the people in the synagogues, specifically the leaders. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the leaders of the synagogues” or “taking you to the synagogues so that the people there can do to you whatever they want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 xt6d καὶ φυλακάς 1 and prisons “and delivering you over to the prisons” or “and putting you in prisons”
|
||||
LUK 21 12 cwq9 figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 because of my name The word “name” is here used to refer to Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 13 d98x εἰς μαρτύριον 1 for a testimony “for you to tell them your testimony about me”
|
||||
LUK 21 14 q1s1 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 Therefore “Because of this,” referring to everything Jesus has said, beginning in [Luke 21:10](../21/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 he8s figs-metonymy θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 resolve in your hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “make up your mind” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 usf9 μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι 1 not to prepare your defense ahead of time “not to figure out ahead of time what you will say in order to defend yourself against their accusations”
|
||||
LUK 21 15 d3zh σοφίαν, ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν 1 wisdom that all your adversaries will not be able to resist or contradict “wisdom that none of your adversaries will be able to resist or contradict”
|
||||
LUK 21 15 z6ua ἐγὼ…δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα καὶ σοφίαν 1 I will give you speech and wisdom “I will tell you what wise things to say”
|
||||
LUK 21 15 gm5t figs-hendiadys στόμα καὶ σοφίαν 1 speech and wisdom These can be combined into one phrase. Alternate translation: “words of wisdom” or “wise words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 21 16 xc2s figs-activepassive παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων 1 you will also be delivered up by parents, brothers, relatives, and friends This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will give you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 16 ue17 θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 they will put some of you to death “they will kill some of you.” Possible meanings are (1) “the authorities will kill some of you” or (2) “those who deliver you up will kill some of you.” The first meaning is more likely.
|
||||
LUK 21 17 wbh8 figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be translated in active form. The word “everyone” emphasizes how many people will hate the disciples, either through (1) exaggeration Alternate translation: “It will seem like you are hated by everyone” or “It will seem like everyone hates you” or (2) a generalization. Alternate translation: “You will be hated by most people” or “Most people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 17 lm66 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name “my name” here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 18 y7bi figs-synecdoche καὶ θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 But not a hair of your head will perish Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person. He is emphasizing that the whole person will not perish. Jesus had already said that some of them would be put to death, so some understand this to mean that they would not be harmed spiritually. Alternate translation: “But these things cannot really harm you” or “Even every hair on your head will be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 21 19 g85h ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν 1 By your endurance “By holding firm.” This can be stated in the opposite way. Alternate translation: “If you do not quit”
|
||||
LUK 21 19 r5zc κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 you will gain your souls The “soul” was understood to represent the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive life” or “you will save yourselves”
|
||||
LUK 21 20 nqb6 figs-activepassive κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem surrounded by armies This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 20 dfy7 ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς 1 that its desolation is near “that it will soon be destroyed” or “that they will soon destroy it”
|
||||
LUK 21 21 av2e φευγέτωσαν 1 let flee run away from danger
|
||||
LUK 21 21 htg9 ἐν ταῖς χώραις 1 out in the country This refers to the rural areas outside Jerusalem, and not to the nation. Alternate translation: “outside the city”
|
||||
LUK 21 21 ubh7 εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν 1 enter into it “enter Jerusalem”
|
||||
LUK 21 22 vs2g ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance “these are days of punishment” or “this will be the time when God will punish this city”
|
||||
LUK 21 22 eba2 figs-activepassive τοῦ…πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 all the things that have been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets wrote in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 f9es figs-activepassive πλησθῆναι 1 to fulfill This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 to those who are nursing “to mothers who are nursing their babies”
|
||||
LUK 21 23 mzp3 ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land Possible meanings are (1) the people of the land will be distressed or (2) there will be physical disasters in the land.
|
||||
LUK 21 23 iw4r figs-explicit ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 wrath to this people “there will be wrath to the people at that time.” God will bring this wrath. Alternate translation: “this people will experience God’s anger” or “God will be very angry and will punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 lmj8 figs-metonymy πεσοῦνται στόματι μαχαίρης 1 They will fall by the mouth of the sword “They will be killed by the edge of the sword.” Here “fall by the mouth of the sword” represents being killed by enemy soldiers. Alternate translation: “Enemy soldiers will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 cg3n figs-activepassive αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 they will be led captive into all the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them to other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 zn4e figs-hyperbole εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 into all the nations The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that they will be led into many countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 j7kw figs-activepassive Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the Gentiles Possible meanings are (1) the Gentiles will conquer Jerusalem and occupy it or (2) the Gentiles will destroy the city of Jerusalem or (3) the Gentiles will destroy the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 d356 figs-metaphor πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 trampled by the Gentiles This metaphor speaks of Jerusalem as if the people of other nations was walking on it and crushing it down with their feet. This refers to domination. Alternate translation: “conquered by the Gentiles” or “destroyed by the other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 na6l figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν 1 the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the period of the Gentiles has come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 25 bza4 συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν 1 the nations will be distressed Here “the nations” refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: “The people of the nations will be distressed”
|
||||
LUK 21 25 sz1c συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν, ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου 1 will be distressed and anxious at the roaring and tossing of the sea “distress because they will be anxious about the roar of the sea and its waves” or “distress, and the loud noise of the sea and its rough movements will frighten them.” This seems to refer to unusual storms or disasters involving the seas.
|
||||
LUK 21 26 az37 τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ 1 the things which are coming upon the world “the things that will happen in the world” or “the things that will happen to the world”
|
||||
LUK 21 26 wn9g figs-activepassive αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) that God will shake the sun moon and stars so they do not move in their normal way or (2) God will trouble the powerful spirits in the heavens. The first is recommended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 k9pr figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἐρχόμενον 1 the Son of Man coming Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “me, the Son Man, coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 wyj9 ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλῃ 1 coming in a cloud “coming down in a cloud”
|
||||
LUK 21 27 acp6 μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς 1 with power and great glory Here “power” probably refers to his authority to judge the world. Here “glory” may refer to a bright light. God sometimes shows his greatness with a very bright light. Alternate translation: “powerfully and gloriously” or “and he will be powerful and very glorious”
|
||||
LUK 21 28 mv82 ἀνακύψατε 1 stand up Sometimes when people are afraid, they crouch down in order to avoid being seen or hurt. When they are no longer afraid, they get up. Alternate translation: “stand up with confidence”
|
||||
LUK 21 28 gx6d figs-metonymy ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν 1 lift up your heads Lifting the head is a metonym for looking up. When they lift their heads up, they will be able to see their rescuer coming to them. Alternate translation: “look up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 28 up9z figs-metonymy διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν 1 because your deliverance is coming near God, who delivers, is spoken of as if he were the deliverance that he causes. The word “deliverance” is an abstract noun that can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “because God will soon deliver you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 29 h6a9 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus continues teaching his disciples, he tells them a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 21 30 l2ts ὅταν προβάλωσιν 1 When they sprout buds “When new leaves start to grow”
|
||||
LUK 21 30 yic5 figs-explicit ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν 1 summer is already near “summer is about to start.” Summer in Israel follows the sprouting of fig tree leaves and is the time when the figs ripen. Alternate translation: “harvest time is ready to start” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 31 y81z οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδητε ταῦτα γινόμενα 1 So also, when you see these things happening The appearance of the signs that Jesus just described signal the arrival of the kingdom of God just as appearance of the leaves of the fig tree signal the arrival of summer.
|
||||
LUK 21 31 t1ca figs-metonymy ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God is near “God will soon establish his kingdom.” Alternate translation: “God will soon rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 32 bj9e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 21 32 gsh9 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This expression emphasizes the importance of what Jesus is about to say.
|
||||
LUK 21 32 h921 ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Possible meanings are (1) the generation that will see the first of the signs Jesus speaks of or (2) the generation Jesus is speaking to. The first is more likely.
|
||||
LUK 21 32 m3il οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ…ἕως ἂν 1 will not pass away until This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
|
||||
LUK 21 33 t53u ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 Heaven and earth will pass away “Heaven and earth will cease to exist.” The word “heaven” here refers to the sky and the universe beyond it.
|
||||
LUK 21 33 c3yl figs-metonymy οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away “my words will never cease to exist” or “my words will never fail.” Jesus uses “words” here to refer to everything he says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 33 kym8 οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 will never pass away This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will remain forever”
|
||||
LUK 21 34 r69y figs-metonymy μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι 1 so that your hearts are not burdened The “heart” here refers to the mind and thoughts of the person. Alternate translation: “so that you are not occupied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 y2qk figs-metaphor μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν 1 so that…are not burdened Jesus here speaks of the following sins as if they were a physical weight that a person had to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 se3c κρεπάλῃ 1 the effects of drinking “what drinking too much wine will do to you” or “drunkenness”
|
||||
LUK 21 34 unw9 μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 the worries of life “worrying too much about this life”
|
||||
LUK 21 34 x8jh figs-simile ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 that day will close on you suddenly Just as a trap closes on an animal when the animal does not expect it, that day will happen when people do not expect it. Alternate translation: “that day will happen when you are not expecting it, as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 r486 figs-explicit ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 that day will close on you suddenly The coming of that day will appear to be sudden and unexpected to those who are not ready and watching for it. Alternate translation: “life. For if you are not careful, that day will close on you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 q6ph ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 that day This refers to the day when the Messiah returns. Alternate translation: “the day when the Son of Man comes”
|
||||
LUK 21 35 qh1b ἐπεισελεύσεται…ἐπὶ πάντας 1 it will come upon everyone “it will affect everyone” or “the events of that day will affect everyone”
|
||||
LUK 21 35 ry3f figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς 1 on the face of the whole earth The surface of the earth is spoken of as if it were the outward part of the face of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “on the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 auh8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes teaching his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m4l4 ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 be alert “be ready for my coming”
|
||||
LUK 21 36 y5ny κατισχύσητε ἐκφυγεῖν ταῦτα πάντα 1 you may be strong enough to escape all these things Possible meanings are (1) “strong enough to endure these things” or (2) “able to avoid these things.”
|
||||
LUK 21 36 hjy1 ταῦτα πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι 1 all these things that are about to take place “these things that will happen.” Jesus has just told them about terrible things that will happen, such as persecution, war, and captivity.
|
||||
LUK 21 36 h83d σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 to stand before the Son of Man “to stand with confidence before the Son of Man.” This probably refers to when the Son of Man judges everyone. A person who is not ready will be afraid of the Son of Man and will not stand with confidence.
|
||||
LUK 21 37 tfe8 writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that begins in [Luke 20:1](../20/01.md). These verses tell about ongoing action that continues after the main part of the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 c4uk ἦν…τὰς ἡμέρας…διδάσκων 1 during the days he was teaching “during the daytime he would teach” or “he would teach each day.” The following verses tell about things that Jesus and the people did each day during the week before he died.
|
||||
LUK 21 37 zh1m figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed in the temple. Alternate translation: “at the temple” or “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 x4g8 τὰς…δὲ νύκτας ἐξερχόμενος 1 at night he went out “at night he would go out of the city” or “he went out each night”
|
||||
LUK 21 38 mu6l figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ λαὸς 1 all of the people The word “all” is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that the crowd was very large. Alternate translation: “A very large number of people in the city” or “Almost everyone in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 38 bky8 ὤρθριζεν 1 were coming early in the morning “would come early each morning”
|
||||
LUK 21 38 cbx2 ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 to hear him “to hear him teach”
|
||||
LUK 22 intro y8nr 0 # Luke 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Luke 22:19-20](./19.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 22:22](../../luk/22/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 cf6p writing-background 0 General Information: Judas agrees to betray Jesus. These verses give background information about this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 q8fa writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Festival of Unleavened Bread The festival was called by this name because during the festival, the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. Alternate translation: “festival when they would eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 u5jm ἤγγιζεν 1 was approaching “was almost ready to begin”
|
||||
LUK 22 2 n9v6 τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they might put him to death The priests and scribes did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves, but they hoped to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could cause someone to kill Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 2 aij5 ἐφοβοῦντο…τὸν λαόν 1 they were afraid of the people Possible meanings are (1) “scared of what the people might do” or (2) “scared that the people would make Jesus king.”
|
||||
LUK 22 3 gf9s 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the action in this part of the story.
|
||||
LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…Σατανᾶς εἰς Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Satan entered into Judas…Iscariot This was probably very similar to demon possession.
|
||||
LUK 22 4 t5uz τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν 1 the chief priests “the leaders of the priests”
|
||||
LUK 22 4 qpi4 στρατηγοῖς 1 captains officers of the temple guards
|
||||
LUK 22 4 s7qx τὸ πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν 1 about how he might betray him to them “how he would help them arrest Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 5 ir4p ἐχάρησαν 1 They were glad “The chief priests and captains were glad”
|
||||
LUK 22 5 usn7 αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι 1 to give him money “to give Judas money”
|
||||
LUK 22 6 ft64 ἐξωμολόγησεν 1 he agreed “He agreed”
|
||||
LUK 22 6 w2i9 writing-endofstory ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν ἄτερ ὄχλου αὐτοῖς 1 began seeking an opportunity to deliver him to them away from the crowd This is an ongoing action that continues after this part of the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 22 6 r6xx τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν 1 to betray him “take him”
|
||||
LUK 22 6 bw75 ἄτερ ὄχλου 1 away from the crowd “privately” or “when there was no crowd around him”
|
||||
LUK 22 7 hh9a writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus sends Peter and John to prepare for the Passover meal. Verse 7 gives background information about the event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 7 veh1 ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the day of unleavened bread “the day of bread without yeast.” This was the day the Jews would take all bread made with yeast out of their homes. Then they would celebrate the Festival of Unleavened Bread for seven days.
|
||||
LUK 22 7 rqi1 figs-explicit ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα 1 it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover lamb Each family or group of people would kill a lamb and eat it together, so many lambs were killed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 abcs ἀπέστειλεν 1 he sent “Jesus sent”
|
||||
LUK 22 8 nkz4 ἑτοιμάσατε 1 prepare This is a general word meaning “make ready.” Jesus was not necessarily telling Peter and John to do all the cooking.
|
||||
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-inclusive ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 so that we may eat it Jesus was including Peter and John when he said “we.” Peter and John would be part of the group of the disciples that would eat the meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 j52e figs-exclusive θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 you want us to make preparations The word “us” does not include Jesus. Jesus would not be part of the group that would prepare the meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 s8yw ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 to make preparations “make preparations for the meal” or “prepare the meal”
|
||||
LUK 22 10 um6z ὁ…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 He answered them “Jesus answered Peter and John”
|
||||
LUK 22 10 c13w ἰδοὺ 1 Look Jesus used this word to tell them to pay close attention and to do exactly what he tells them.
|
||||
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 a man bearing a pitcher of water will meet you “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
|
||||
LUK 22 10 a677 κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water “carrying a jar with water in it.” He probably would be carrying the jar on his shoulder.
|
||||
LUK 22 10 cc34 ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Follow him into the house “Follow him, and go into the house”
|
||||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotations λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says to you, “Where is the guest room, where I will eat the Passover with my disciples?” The quote beginning with “Where is the guest room” is a direct quote of what Jesus, the teacher, wants to say to the master of his house. It can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Our teacher asks where the guest room is in which he will eat the Passover with his disciples.” or “Our teacher says to show us the guest room where he will eat the Passover with us and the rest of his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 The Teacher This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 22 11 pq8q τὸ Πάσχα…φάγω 1 I will eat the Passover “eat the Passover meal”
|
||||
LUK 22 12 ypk9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues giving instructions to Peter and John.
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lpw6 κἀκεῖνος ὑμῖν δείξει 1 He will show you “The owner of the house will show you”
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lg2z ἀνάγαιον 1 upper room “room upstairs.” If your community does not have houses with rooms above other rooms, you may need to consider how to describe buildings in the city.
|
||||
LUK 22 13 g9ty ἀπελθόντες δὲ 1 So they went “So Peter and John went”
|
||||
LUK 22 14 u3c6 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the part of the story about the Passover. Jesus and his disciples are sitting to eat the Passover meal.
|
||||
LUK 22 14 j1dn καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα 1 Now when the hour came “When it was time to eat the meal”
|
||||
LUK 22 14 lnc6 ἀνέπεσεν 1 he reclined at table “Jesus sat down”
|
||||
LUK 22 15 hue3 ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα 1 I have greatly desired “I have wanted very much”
|
||||
LUK 22 15 s1sj πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν 1 before I suffer Jesus is referring ahead to his death. The word for “suffer” here means to go through an unusually difficult or painful experience.
|
||||
LUK 22 16 gbj7 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next.
|
||||
LUK 22 16 k28r figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ 1 until when it is fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) until the purpose of the Passover Festival is accomplished. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills it” or “until God completes the purpose of the Passover Festival” or (2) “until we celebrate the final Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 17 l5e6 δεξάμενος ποτήριον 1 he took a cup “picked up a cup of wine”
|
||||
LUK 22 17 d7pc εὐχαριστήσας 1 when he had given thanks “when he had given thanks to God”
|
||||
LUK 22 17 li2n εἶπεν 1 he said “he said to his apostles”
|
||||
LUK 22 17 xvm7 figs-metonymy διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς 1 divide it among yourselves They were to share the contents of the cup, and not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine in the cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some of the wine from the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 18 m78n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This phrase is used to emphasize the importance of what Jesus will say next.
|
||||
LUK 22 18 h5tl τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 the fruit of the vine This refers to the juice that is squeezed from the grapes that grow on grapevines. Wine is made from fermented grape juice.
|
||||
LUK 22 18 crv5 ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ 1 until the kingdom of God comes “until God establishes his kingdom” or “until God rules in his kingdom”
|
||||
LUK 22 19 nd2m ἄρτον 1 bread This bread did not have yeast in it, so it was flat.
|
||||
LUK 22 19 d3yc ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it “he ripped it” or “he tore it.” He may have divided it into many pieces or he may have divided it into two pieces and given them to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression that would apply to either situation.
|
||||
LUK 22 19 d8r1 τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 This is my body Possible meanings are (1) “This bread is my body” and (2) “This bread represents my body.”
|
||||
LUK 22 19 lc9m figs-activepassive τὸ σῶμά μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον 1 my body which is given for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my body, which I will give for you” or “my body, which I will sacrifice for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 cxy5 τοῦτο ποιεῖτε 1 Do this “Eat this bread”
|
||||
LUK 22 19 c4hy εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν 1 in remembrance of me “in order to remember me”
|
||||
LUK 22 20 z3cx figs-metonymy τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον 1 This cup The word “cup” refers to the wine in the cup. Alternate translation: “The wine in this cup” or “This cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 gc8h ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου 1 the new covenant in my blood This new covenant will take effect as soon his blood is shed. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified through my blood”
|
||||
LUK 22 20 v4d3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 which is poured out for you Jesus speaks of his death by referring to his blood being poured out. Alternate translation: “which is poured out in death for you” or “which will flow out of my wounds for you when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 21 swj1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his apostles.
|
||||
LUK 22 21 g6ks τοῦ παραδιδόντος με 1 The one who betrays me “The one who will betray me”
|
||||
LUK 22 22 wtj2 ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται 1 For the Son of Man indeed goes “For, indeed, the Son of Man will go” or “For the Son of Man will die”
|
||||
LUK 22 22 mk3q figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται 1 the Son of Man indeed goes Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 p2qa figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον 1 as it has been determined This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” or “as God has planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 wy2s figs-activepassive πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται 1 But woe to that man through whom he is betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But woe to the man who betrays the Son of Man” or “But how terrible it will be for that man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 24 yyw9 ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ φιλονικία ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 Then there arose also a quarrel among them “Then the apostles began to argue among themselves”
|
||||
LUK 22 24 y9ce figs-activepassive δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων 1 was considered to be greatest This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “was the most important” or “the people would think was most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 25 vc5d ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 So he said to them “Jesus said to the apostles”
|
||||
LUK 22 25 zjf5 κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 are masters over themlord it over them “rule forcefully over the Gentiles”
|
||||
LUK 22 25 tw4y καλοῦνται 1 are referred to as The people probably did not think of those rulers as people who do good to their people. Alternate translation: “like to be called” or “call themselves”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 x6cq 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching his apostles.
|
||||
LUK 22 26 ne9r ὑμεῖς…οὐχ οὕτως 1 it must not be like this with you “you should not act like that”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 cdq7 figs-metaphor ὁ νεώτερος 1 the youngest Older people were respected in that culture. The leaders were usually older people and were called “elders.” The youngest person would be the least likely to lead, and the least important. Alternate translation: “the least important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 y4n1 ὁ διακονῶν 1 the one who serves “a servant”
|
||||
LUK 22 27 mw2l γὰρ 1 For This connects Jesus’ commands in verse 26 with the whole of verse 27. It means that the most important person should serve because Jesus is a servant.
|
||||
LUK 22 27 jt7r figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μείζων…ὁ ἀνακείμενος? 1 For who is greater…the one who serves? “For who is more important…serves?” Jesus uses this question to begin to explain to the apostles who is truly great. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater…serves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 27 n3dl ὁ ἀνακείμενος 1 the one who reclines at table “the one who is dining”
|
||||
LUK 22 27 lu3a figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος? 1 Is it not the one who reclines at table? Jesus uses another question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “Of course the one who sits at the table is more important than the servant!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 27 qbn6 ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν 1 Yet I am among you as one who serves “But I am with you to be a servant” or “But I am with you to show you how a servant acts.” The word “yet” is here because there is a contrast between what people would expect Jesus to be like and what he really was like.
|
||||
LUK 22 28 i9xb οἱ διαμεμενηκότες μετ’ ἐμοῦ, ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου 1 the ones who have continued with me in my temptations “have stayed with me through my struggles”
|
||||
LUK 22 29 w4pd κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν 1 I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom Some languages may need to change the order. Alternate translation: “Just as my father has given a kingdom to me, I give a kingdom to you”
|
||||
LUK 22 29 nly5 κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν…βασιλείαν 1 I grant to you a kingdom “I make you rulers in God’s kingdom” or “I give you authority to rule in the kingdom” or “I will make you kings”
|
||||
LUK 22 29 ii65 καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 just as my Father has granted to me “just as my Father has given me authority to rule as king in his kingdom”
|
||||
LUK 22 30 us1j figs-metonymy καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων 1 you will sit on thrones Kings sit on thrones. Sitting on a throne is a symbol of ruling. Alternate translation: “you will work as kings” or “you will do the work of kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 vhm5 0 General Information: Jesus speaks directly to Simon.
|
||||
LUK 22 31 t8qd Σίμων, Σίμων 1 Simon, Simon Jesus said his name twice to show that what he was about to say to him was very important.
|
||||
LUK 22 31 dmw8 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you The word “you” refers to all of the apostles. Languages that have different forms of “you” should use the plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 qyy7 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 to sift you as wheat This means that Satan wanted to test the disciples to find something wrong. Alternate translation: “test you like someone passes grain through a sieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 pd1t figs-you ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ 1 But I have prayed for you The word “you” here refers specifically to Simon. Languages that have different forms of you should use the singular form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 zp8w ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου 1 so that your faith may not fail This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me”
|
||||
LUK 22 32 qxk7 figs-metaphor ποτε ἐπιστρέψας 1 when you have turned back Here “turned back again” is a metaphor for starting to believe in someone again. Alternate translation: “After you start believing in me again” or “After you start serving me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 f9v8 στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 strengthen your brothers “encourage your brothers to be strong in their faith” or “help your brothers believe in me”
|
||||
LUK 22 32 r7ux τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers This refers to the other disciples. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” or “the other disciples”
|
||||
LUK 22 34 zt8v οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ εἰδέναι 1 the rooster will not crow today, before you deny three times that you know me The order of the parts of the verse can be reversed. Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me before the rooster crows this day”
|
||||
LUK 22 34 tu15 οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως…ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 the rooster will not crow today, before you deny This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “the rooster will crow this day only after you deny” or “before the rooster crows today, you will deny”
|
||||
LUK 22 34 pwj1 figs-metonymy οὐ φωνήσει…ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster will not crow Here, the crowing of the rooster refers to a certain time of day. Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. Therefore, this refers to dawn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 eq7h ἀλέκτωρ 1 rooster a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
|
||||
LUK 22 34 zaq1 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day begins at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. The morning was part of “this day.” Alternate translation: “tonight” or “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 rb56 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus turns his attention back to speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτε…μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, οὐθενός. 1 Then he said to them, “When…did you lack anything?” They answered, “Nothing.” Jesus uses a question to help the apostles remember how well the people provided for them as they traveled. Though this is a rhetorical question and Jesus is not asking for information, you should translate it as a question unless only a statement would cause the disciples to reply that they had lacked nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 a5jt figs-you ὅτε ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς 1 When I sent you out Jesus was talking to his apostles. So languages that have different forms of “you” should use the plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 dny3 figs-metonymy βαλλαντίου 1 purse A purse is a bag for holding money. Here it is used to refer to “money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 dr5g πήρας 1 a bag of provisions “travelers’ bag” or “bag of food”
|
||||
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing It may be helpful to some audiences to include more about the conversation. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 h7j7 ὁ μὴ ἔχων, πωλησάτω τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ…μάχαιραν 1 The one who does not have a sword should sell his cloak Jesus was not referring to a specific person who did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “If anyone does not have a sword, he should sell his cloak”
|
||||
LUK 22 36 q717 τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 cloak “coat” or “outer garment”
|
||||
LUK 22 37 n73l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking with his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 22 37 g4l7 figs-activepassive τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 this which is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote about me in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 u9jx figs-activepassive δεῖ τελεσθῆναι 1 must be fulfilled The apostles would have understood that God would cause everything written in the scriptures to happen. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill” or “God will cause to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jf1f figs-activepassive μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 He was counted with the lawless ones Here Jesus is quoting the scriptures. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People counted him as a member of the group of lawless men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jz9d ἀνόμων 1 the lawless ones “those who break the law” or “the criminals”
|
||||
LUK 22 37 se1d figs-activepassive καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει 1 For indeed the things concerning me are being fulfilled Possible meanings are (1) “For what the prophet predicted about me is about to happen” or (2) “For my life is coming to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 38 ajs4 οἱ…εἶπαν 1 they said This refers to at least two of Jesus’ apostles.
|
||||
LUK 22 38 kbt8 ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough Possible meanings are (1) they have enough swords. “We now have enough swords.” or (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. “No more of this talk about swords.” When Jesus said that they should buy swords, he was mainly telling them about the danger they would all face. He may not have really wanted them to buy swords and fight.
|
||||
LUK 22 39 zaw6 0 General Information: Jesus goes to the Mount of Olives to pray.
|
||||
LUK 22 40 b6pz προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Pray that you do not enter into temptation “that you are not tempted” or “that nothing tempts you and causes you to sin”
|
||||
LUK 22 41 sp1s figs-idiom ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν 1 about a stone’s throw “about the distance that someone can throw a stone.” Alternate translation: “a short distance” or with an estimated measurement like “about thirty meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 j48l Πάτερ, εἰ βούλει 1 Father, if you are willing Jesus will bear the guilt of every person’s sin on the cross. He prays to his Father, asking if there is another way.
|
||||
LUK 19 1 j35m grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 1 m259 translate-names Ἰερειχώ 1 Jericho This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [18:35](../18/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 m263 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants ἀνὴρ 1 a man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 m264 figs-idiom ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος 1 called Zacchaeus by name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 m265 translate-names Ζακχαῖος 1 Zacchaeus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 z91v writing-background καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος 1 and he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 3 m3ux ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν 1 he was trying to see Jesus, who he was Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
|
||||
LUK 19 3 njt7 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 3 m266 figs-explicit οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 4 k984 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 4 pzr6 translate-unknown συκομορέαν 1 a sycamore tree This is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 5 mr51 ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον 1 when he came to the place Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
|
||||
LUK 19 6 zrw4 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 7 mit4 figs-hyperbole πάντες διεγόγγυζον 1 they all complained Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 7 k2cl παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι 1 He has gone in to lodge with a sinful man Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
|
||||
LUK 19 7 yl4h ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 a sinful man By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
|
||||
LUK 19 8 m267 translate-symaction σταθεὶς 1 stood It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. So by standing up, Zacchaeus was signifying that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up from the meal to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 8 s46z τὸν Κύριον 1 the Lord Luke refers to Jesus here by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 8 m268 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Zacchaeus uses this term to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 8 m269 Κύριε 1 Lord Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
|
||||
LUK 19 8 m270 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 if I have defrauded anything from anyone, I will restore four-fold Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
LUK 19 8 u2bt ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 I will restore four-fold Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
|
||||
LUK 19 9 m271 figs-explicit εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Then Jesus said to him Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 m272 figs-123person σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν 1 salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham Jesus is speaking to Zacchaeus, but in the third person, because he is also speaking to the people from the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person here. Alternate translation: “salvation has come to your household, because you too are a son of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 m273 figs-personification σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο 1 salvation has come to this house Jesus speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were a living thing that could come to the house of Zacchaeus. Alternate translation: “God has brought salvation to this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 u2bt figs-abstractnouns σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο 1 salvation has come to this house If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save,” and show that God has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 i8yg figs-metonymy τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 this house Jesus is using the word **house** figuratively to refer to the people living in the house. Alternate translation: “this household” or “this family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 f65b καὶ αὐτὸς 1 he too Alternate translation: “this man too” or “Zacchaeus also”
|
||||
LUK 19 9 m274 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 a son of Abraham Jesus may be using the word **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” or “one of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 v3hq figs-idiom υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 a son of Abraham Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression **son of** as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 10 myp2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 19 10 m275 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 10 fqx4 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun, to refer to a group of people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 10 m276 figs-123person τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 19 10 m277 figs-metaphor τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost Jesus is using the term **lost** figuratively. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 m278 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 vue7 figs-parables προσθεὶς εἶπεν παραβολὴν 1 he proceeded to speak a parable To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 m279 figs-parables προσθεὶς εἶπεν παραβολὴν 1 he proceeded to speak a parable If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 qs7z figs-abstractnouns ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι 1 that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 19 12 m9j6 writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς 1 A certain well-born man Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a nobleman who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 19 12 mtz9 figs-explicit λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν 1 to receive for himself a kingdom Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 12 m280 καὶ ὑποστρέψαι 1 and to return Alternate translation: “and then to return and rule that kingdom in person”
|
||||
LUK 19 13 m387 figs-explicit καλέσας δὲ 1 So calling It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 xx6p ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς 1 he gave them ten minas Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
|
||||
LUK 19 13 t82q translate-bweight ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς 1 he gave them ten minas A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general, or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 m281 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι 1 said to them, ‘Conduct business while I go’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 vwp2 πραγματεύσασθαι 1 Conduct business Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
|
||||
LUK 19 13 m282 ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι 1 in that I go Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
|
||||
LUK 19 14 i998 figs-hyperbole οἱ…πολῖται αὐτοῦ 1 his citizens This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 14 j9v1 πρεσβείαν 1 a delegation Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
|
||||
LUK 19 14 m283 figs-explicit λέγοντες 1 saying The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “to tell the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 14 m284 figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 saying, ‘We do not want this one to rule over us’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 g3jp writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 s9a7 λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν 1 having received the kingdom Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
|
||||
LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 he commanded to be called to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 m285 figs-metonymy τὸ ἀργύριον 1 the silver Jesus is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 xc6s τί διεπραγματεύσαντο 1 what they had gained by doing business Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
|
||||
LUK 19 16 iy7i figs-quotesinquotes παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 m286 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun, to mean a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 ejx9 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 your mina has earned ten minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 j7ag translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated this term in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 abcq figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 m287 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 n5at figs-exclamations εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! 1 Well done, good servant! Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 t6zk ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 1 in very little This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “in a small responsibility” or (2) “with a little bit of money”
|
||||
LUK 19 17 m288 figs-imperative ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 be having authority over ten cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 m289 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun, to mean a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina…has made five minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me…to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 d811 translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated this term in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 abcr figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 jxa9 figs-imperative σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you be over five cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 m290 figs-metaphor σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you be over five cities In a spatial metaphor, the new king describes this servant as **over** these **cities** to mean that he will rule them. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 n71e ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other one Alternate translation: “another servant to whom the nobleman had entrusted a mina”
|
||||
LUK 19 20 m291 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 saying, ‘Master, behold your mina, which I have been keeping put away in a cloth’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 m292 ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου 1 behold your mina This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term **behold**. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
|
||||
LUK 19 20 r25f translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated this term in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 l2wr figs-activepassive ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 which I was keeping put away in a cloth If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 m293 figs-quotesinquotes ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ; αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, καὶ θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 for I feared you, because you are a harsh man. You take up what you did not put down, and you reap what you did not sow’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This servant told the king that he had been afraid of him because he was a demanding man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 w5yw ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς 1 a harsh man Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
|
||||
LUK 19 21 a6ja figs-metaphor αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας 1 You take up what you did not put down The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 you reap what you did not sow The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 q2k2 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 He says to him, ‘By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow?’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 m294 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
|
||||
LUK 19 22 wt8q figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου 1 By your mouth The king is using the term **mouth** figuratively to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “Based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 xga8 figs-rquestion ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow? The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 m295 figs-metaphor αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα 1 taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow See how you translated these expressions in [19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 m296 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I was like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collect it with interest when I returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 m297 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The king uses this word to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 put my silver in a bank…with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money…with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 m298 figs-metonymy μου τὸ ἀργύριον 1 my silver The king is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
|
||||
LUK 19 24 h1nn figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι 1 And he said to those standing by, ‘Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 24 aj1c τοῖς παρεστῶσιν 1 those standing by This refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “his attendants”
|
||||
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς 1 the mina…the ten minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m299 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And This word introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m300 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m7ql figs-exclamations ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 he has ten minas You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m301 translate-bweight μνᾶς 1 minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 xww6 figs-quotesinquotes λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται; ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 I say to you that to everyone who has, it will be given, but from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king responded that to everyone who had, it would be given, but from the one who did not have, even what he had would be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 x6ay figs-explicit λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the king is speaking. You may wish to indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But the king replied, ‘I say to you’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 m302 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you The king says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
|
||||
LUK 19 26 m303 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you The word **you** is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 f5hn figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται 1 to everyone who has, it will be given The king means implicitly that what a servant **has** is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 m304 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 it will be given If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 ab42 figs-explicit ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away The king means implicitly that a servant **who does not have** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 d1g9 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 even what he has will be taken away If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 27 m305 figs-quotesinquotes πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου 1 But these enemies of mine, the ones who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 27 u44z τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους 1 these enemies of mine Since the enemies were not right there, some languages would say “those” instead of **these**. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
|
||||
LUK 19 27 m306 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθέν μου 1 before me The word **before** here means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “where I can see them die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 28 l43i εἰπὼν ταῦτα 1 when he had said these things Alternate translation: “after Jesus had said these things”
|
||||
LUK 19 28 ja5p figs-idiom ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to Jerusalem It was customary for Israelites to speak of **going up** to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 y9q8 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 q1wn translate-names Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν 1 Bethphage and Bethany These are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 lj69 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 m307 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. This is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m308 figs-youdual ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε 1 Go…entering, you will find…Untie…bring Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m309 τὴν κατέναντι κώμην 1 the village opposite Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
|
||||
LUK 19 30 qq5c translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m310 figs-activepassive δεδεμένον 1 tied up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 w1yp figs-gendernotations ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one of men has ever sat Jesus is using the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m311 figs-metonymy ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one of men has ever sat Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal, by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 px4k figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’ Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 emu8 figs-quotesinquotes ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m312 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε 1 you…‘Why are you untying it?’…you will say Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m313 figs-declarative ἐρεῖτε 1 you will say Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m314 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 32 hdd8 figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 the ones who were sent If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 biw8 figs-youdual τί λύετε 1 why are you untying The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 m315 translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον…τὸν πῶλον 1 the colt…the colt See how you translated this term in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “the young donkey…this young donkey” or “the young riding animal…this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 34 m316 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 So they said, “The Lord has need of it” The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 34 m317 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 35 m318 translate-symaction ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον 1 throwing their cloaks upon the colt The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 35 scz2 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 35 g49k ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 mounted Jesus on it Alternate translation: “helped Jesus get up onto the colt so he could ride it”
|
||||
LUK 19 36 m319 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they were spreading their cloaks on the road The word **they** refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 36 lxj5 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they were spreading their cloaks on the road This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 36 m320 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks See how you translated this term in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 ba9e grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 t4nk τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the descent of the Mount of Olives Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m321 translate-names τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../01/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m322 figs-hendiadys χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν 1 to rejoice and praise God The phrase **rejoice and praise** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **rejoice** tells how they began to **praise**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m323 figs-idiom φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m324 φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m8hn figs-explicit ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων 1 the mighty works that they had seen This means implicitly the mighty works that they had seen Jesus do. Alternate translation: “the miracles that they had seen Jesus do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 x7wk figs-explicit λέγοντες 1 saying The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 nsg4 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord The term **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 d7b4 figs-abstractnouns ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη 1 Peace in heaven If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Peace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May heaven be pleased with this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 m325 figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη 1 Peace in heaven The word **heaven** is a figurative way of referring to the inhabitants of **heaven**, and perhaps specifically to God. Alternate translation: “May everyone in heaven be pleased with this king” or “May God be pleased with this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 vb29 figs-metaphor καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The term **highest** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes heaven. Alternate translation: “and glory in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 m326 figs-explicit καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The implication is that this **glory** would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and glory to God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 m327 figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and may everyone in heaven praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 m328 figs-explicit καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may everyone in heaven praise God for sending this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 39 m329 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καί 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 39 m330 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 19 39 yv21 ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου 1 rebuke your disciples Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
|
||||
LUK 19 40 m331 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 m332 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 efm9 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 19 40 b2w6 figs-hypo ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 if these were silent, the stones would cry out Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose these people were not cheering. Then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 m333 figs-explicit ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 if these were silent, the stones would cry out The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 v8tc οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 the stones would cry out Alternate translation: “the stones would shout out praises”
|
||||
LUK 19 41 v3pq figs-explicit ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν 1 as he approached, seeing the city The phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “when he got close enough to Jerusalem to see it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 41 k4l2 figs-metonymy ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 he wept over it Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 g1ee figs-apostrophe εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m334 figs-idiom εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Jesus is idiomatically using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known…even you…your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m335 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ 1 in this day Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m336 figs-explicit τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things towards peace The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 tgs6 figs-metonymy ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes The term **eyes** figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m337 figs-activepassive ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 y3g2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he is sad. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is why I am sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 tib4 figs-idiom ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ 1 the days will come upon you This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 m338 figs-idiom ἡμέραι 1 days Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you…your…you…you…you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 e7xp translate-unknown χάρακά 1 a barricade This refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m339 figs-idiom ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground To **dash** something **to the ground** means to destroy it completely, leaving nothing standing. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is figuratively addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m340 figs-idiom ἐδαφιοῦσίν…τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 they will dash…to the ground…your children within you To **dash** people **to the ground** means to kill them. Alternate translation: “they will kill your children within in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m341 figs-metaphor ἐδαφιοῦσίν…τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 they will dash…to the ground…your children within you Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “they will kill the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you…your…you…you…you did not know…your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον 1 they will not leave one stone upon another in you This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 xv9n figs-idiom οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου 1 you did not know the time of your visitation The word **visitation** is idiomatic here, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 u91v figs-explicit εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 entering into the temple You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 j6ce figs-synecdoche τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 py1x ἐκβάλλειν 1 drive out Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
|
||||
LUK 19 46 m343 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 It is written, ‘My house will be a house of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that his temple will be a place of prayer, but you have made it a den of robbers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 v81e figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 uvf7 figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 wac1 figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m344 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” or “at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m345 figs-nominaladj οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun, to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m346 figs-metaphor οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people The term **first** figuratively represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m347 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m348 οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 1 they were not finding that which they might do Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m349 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς…ἅπας 1 all the people Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 pnf9 figs-metaphor ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων 1 were hanging on him listening Luke speaks figuratively of the people **hanging** on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 intro h6in 0 # Luke 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1–8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9–19)<br>3. Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20–26)<br>4. Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27–40)<br>5. Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41–44)<br>6. Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45–47)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in [20:17](../20/17.md) and [20:42-43](../20/42.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Questions that seem to have no good answer<br><br>In [20:4](../01/32.md), Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John [20:5-6](../20/05.md). <br><br>In [20:22](../20/22.md), the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, [Luke 20:41-44](../20/41.md), Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
|
||||
LUK 20 1 h8gv writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 20 1 vtg4 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 1 m350 writing-participants ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις 1 the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47–48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 2 m351 figs-imperative εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 Tell us by what authority you are doing these things, or who the one is who gave you this authority The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 20 3 qn89 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 20 3 ku6a ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι 1 I also will ask you a word, and you say to me Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me”**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
|
||||
LUK 20 3 m352 λόγον 1 a word Jesus is using the term **word** here in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
|
||||
LUK 20 4 uph3 τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men? Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
|
||||
LUK 20 4 z7cg figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 4 m353 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Jesus is using the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 mn6x οἱ…συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 they reasoned among themselves Alternate translation: “They discussed with each other what they should say”
|
||||
LUK 20 5 m354 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’ The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 m4l7 figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven See how you translated this expression in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m355 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m356 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men See how you translated this in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m357 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the whole people For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς 1 the…people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 stone us The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m359 figs-activepassive πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν 1 it is persuaded If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 ia28 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 w2bc figs-quotations ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν 1 they answered that they did not know from where If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 eeg7 figs-ellipsis πόθεν 1 from where Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 8 d3bg grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Nor will I tell you Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 mf5e figs-parables ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 Then he began to speak this parable to the people To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 m360 writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα 1 A man planted a vineyard Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 s8tt translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it to farmers As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 y37s γεωργοῖς 1 farmers While this is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 wm51 figs-explicit καιρῷ 1 at the time If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m361 γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ 1 farmers…farmers See how you translated this term in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 kr7j figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard This could mean one of several things. (1) The word **fruit** could be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) The word **fruit** could be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m362 figs-explicit οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν δείραντες κενόν 1 the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away empty Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treated him shamefully Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||||
LUK 20 11 vxh2 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν 1 sent him away empty See how you translated this in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 m363 figs-nominaladj τρίτον 1 a third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun, to mean a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 ub4g οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες 1 they also wounded that one Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
|
||||
LUK 20 12 h32a figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον 1 threw him out Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 13 m364 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the vineyard Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
|
||||
LUK 20 13 kt8i figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 13 m365 ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 Perhaps they will respect him In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
|
||||
LUK 20 14 ib2b figs-explicit ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 But when the farmers saw him It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 m366 οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 the farmers See how you translated this term in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 14 rvi4 figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία 1 saying, ‘This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 m367 figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By **inheritance**, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 15 u7us grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 15 m6en figs-metaphor ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 they threw him out of the vineyard As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 15 dlu4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 15 m368 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the vineyard Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
|
||||
LUK 20 16 m369 τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους 1 these farmers See how you translated the term **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Your language might say “those” instead of **these** in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 16 m370 translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 give the vineyard to others See how you translated the similar expression in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 20 16 k18g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it not be This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 qtb7 translate-symaction ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν 1 But looking at them he said Jesus was **looking at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 m371 figs-quotesinquotes τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 What then is this that is written: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 What then is this that is written Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 l6l3 figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 this that is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 a5kc figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 bd2f figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that the builders rejected The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 bh2r figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 18 d7n2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Everyone who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 18 n3n5 figs-activepassive συνθλασθήσεται 1 will be broken to pieces If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 18 fdu6 figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 and on whomever it may fall, it will crush him Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 vbf7 figs-metonymy ἐζήτησαν…ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 sought to lay hands on him The expression **to lay hands on** means figuratively to arrest a person, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 u4tz figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively here to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 m372 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν 1 and they feared the people Luke uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 u4ta figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν 1 they feared the people If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what they might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 m373 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 m374 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 f1en writing-participants ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους 1 they sent spies Luke uses this statement to introduce these **spies** as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 m375 ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι 1 who pretended themselves to be righteous Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
|
||||
LUK 20 20 ml5w figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου 1 that they might take hold of his word Luke says figuratively that these religious leaders wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 m376 figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ λόγου 1 his word Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. Alternate translation: “something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 r84a figs-doublet ὥστε παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 in order to deliver him to the rule and to the authority of the governor The terms **rule** and **authority** mean basically the same thing. Luke is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would take Jesus into custody” or “so that the governor would arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 xn1w figs-explicit ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 they asked him It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the spies whom the leaders sent arrived where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “The spies came and asked Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 20 21 i3fr figs-synecdoche ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 they asked him It may be that different spies spoke the various sentences in the quotation in this verse and the next one. However, Luke could also mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 m377 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 20 21 v93z figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 fi1t figs-metonymy οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον 1 you do not receive a face The spies are using the term **face** figuratively to mean “person.” Alternate translation: “it does not matter to you who a person is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 ubu9 figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God The spies speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 22 j6wb figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 Is it lawful The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 22 m378 φόρον δοῦναι 1 to give tribute Alternate translation: “to pay taxes”
|
||||
LUK 20 22 h4cc figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar The spies are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 23 z9dm κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν 1 but perceiving their craftiness Alternate translation: “but Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so”
|
||||
LUK 20 24 j21y translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius See how you translated this in [7:41](../07/41.md). Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 20 24 cvs9 figs-rquestion τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν? 1 Whose image and inscription does it have? This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you can see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 24 wt51 figs-metonymy ἐπιγραφήν 1 inscription Jesus is referring figuratively to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an **inscription**, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 25 rey9 figs-metonymy ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι 1 give back the things of Caesar to Caesar Jesus is referring figuratively to the Roman government by the name of **Caesar**, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it is entitled to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 25 gj71 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God to God Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and give God what he is entitled to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 26 wa3s figs-metaphor οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος 1 they were not able to take hold of his word Luke says figuratively that the spies had wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 26 m379 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in front of the people Luke speaks of this spatially to refer figuratively to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 27 m380 writing-participants προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 27 m381 figs-explicit προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 27 m382 translate-names τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 the Sadducees This is the name of a group of Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 20 27 f9e3 figs-distinguish οἱ λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 the ones who say there is no resurrection This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 m383 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 saying It may be that different Sadducees spoke the various sentences in the quotation in [20:28-33](../20/33.md). However, Luke could also mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that, as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 m384 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 20 28 m385 figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 Moses wrote for us These Sadducees are figuratively describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he **wrote** it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 m386 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The word **us** would be inclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 d6yl ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα 1 if the brother of anyone should die, having a wife, and he is childless, that Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 sjt5 λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take his wife Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
|
||||
LUK 20 28 pn1c figs-metaphor ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 and raise up seed for his brother The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 m388 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 seed See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [1:55](../01/55.md). Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 c2jr grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical οὖν 1 Therefore The Sadducces are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation: “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 ax5n figs-hypo ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος 1 there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility, in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 si57 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun, to mean a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 m389 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 m390 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 p5mw figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 m391 figs-explicit καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 m392 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun, to mean a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 r4xe translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 m393 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 d5tq figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the third took her The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 m394 figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun, to mean a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 ky9p translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 the third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 f1fj figs-explicit ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 and likewise the seven also left no children, and died The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 33 avu1 ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
|
||||
LUK 20 33 m395 figs-hypo οὖν 1 Therefore This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 33 m396 οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα 1 the seven had her as wife Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
|
||||
LUK 20 34 nlu3 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 n91c figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the sons of this age The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m398 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age As in [16:33](../16/33.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world, and by association the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy…neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy…the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain…the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun, to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 neither marry nor are given in marriage If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 neither are they able to die anymore The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 m402 figs-explicit ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν 1 for they are like the angels Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 m403 figs-gendernotations υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ 1 they are sons of God Jesus is using the term **sons** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 btb3 figs-idiom τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες 1 being sons of the resurrection Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case idiomatically to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m404 figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun, to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 g3xg καὶ Μωϋσῆς 1 even Moses Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m405 translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m406 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 pqm8 figs-explicit τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 Abraham…Isaac…Jacob translate-names
|
||||
LUK 20 38 tdq7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not…of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun, to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun, to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 i6am figs-explicit πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 for all are alive to him Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 n5nq writing-participants ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 Then answering some of the scribes said Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν 1 answering…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m410 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 20 40 m411 figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 40 i6sv writing-pronouns οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων 1 they no longer dared It is unclear whether **they** refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 t981 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said to them As in [20:40](../20/40.md), it is unclear to whom the pronoun **them** refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 mda6 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν? 1 How do they say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 sq2g writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 they say Jesus is using the pronoun **they** here in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 the son of David Jesus is using the term **son** here figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 m412 translate-names Δαυείδ 1 David This is the name of a man, Israel’s most important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 m413 λέγει 1 says In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||||
LUK 20 42 h2al figs-quotesinquotes λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 says in the book of Psalms, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 e1i2 figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord The term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances here. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 m415 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun, to mean his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 pse3 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 m416 figs-quotesinquotes ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 m418 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιον 1 a footstool If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you can rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m419 figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ οὖν Κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν Κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 And how is he his son Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m427 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus is using this word to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previoiusly believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m426 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 son Jesus is using the term **son** here figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 45 k3pf grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 20 45 m420 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m421 figs-metonymy προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Beware of the scribes Jesus says **Beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 ang2 translate-symaction θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m422 figs-explicit φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς 1 love greetings The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m423 figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first seats…the first places As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats…the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 m424 figs-metonymy οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 c7yv figs-metaphor οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus says figuratively that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 g67x προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται 1 for a pretext they pray at length The term **pretext** here refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
|
||||
LUK 20 47 zpp5 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 zpp5 figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4)<br>2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “the times of the nations”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../01/32.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../01/32.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
|
||||
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 m425 writing-newevent εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους 1 he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 m428 figs-nominaladj τοὺς…πλουσίους 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun, to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 nf4c figs-explicit τὰ δῶρα 1 gifts If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 unv2 figs-metonymy τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the treasury Luke is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God, by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the **treasury**. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 xrk2 writing-participants εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν 1 And he saw a certain poor widow Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 vzu8 translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two lepta The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 i8gf figs-explicit εἶπεν 1 he said Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in [20:45](../20/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 t97j ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 21 3 rwt3 figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν 1 this poor widow put in more than all Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative, for example, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 m429 figs-explicit πάντων 1 all In context, this term means specifically **all** of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 4 x3qb ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα 1 put in the gifts out of their abundance Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
|
||||
LUK 21 4 gaj8 ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν ἔβαλεν 1 out of her poverty, put in all the livelihood that she had Alternate translation: “only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
|
||||
LUK 21 5 vgp3 figs-explicit τινων 1 some The implication is that these were some of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “some of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 5 m430 figs-activepassive κεκόσμηται 1 it was decorated If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 5 vk7z figs-metonymy ἀναθέμασιν 1 offerings In this context, this term refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 lcz6 ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε 1 These things that you are looking at Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
|
||||
LUK 21 6 wcd9 figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days will come in which Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively here to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 jfl1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 ajx2 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
|
||||
LUK 21 6 dps1 figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in [19:44](../19/44.md). Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 m431 figs-activepassive ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which will not be torn down If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
|
||||
LUK 21 6 m432 figs-activepassive ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which will not be torn down If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, **They** would mean “your enemies,” and **it** would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 7 rix4 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν 1 they asked him The word **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 7 m433 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 21 7 a11j figs-explicit πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι 1 when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 vu18 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανηθῆτε 1 you are not deceived If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 f1ed figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Jesus uses the word **name** here figuratively to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 h6zp figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am he The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 m434 figs-explicit ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν 1 The time has come near This implicitly means the **time** when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 sls1 figs-metaphor μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν 1 Do not go after them The expression **go after** seems to have a figurative sense here like that of the term **follow** in [5:27](../05/27.md) and several other places in the book, meaning to become someone’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Do not become their disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 9 p5w5 figs-doublet πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας 1 wars and rebellions The term **wars** probably refers to countries fighting against each other, and the term **rebellions** probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against other people in their own countries. Jesus may be using the two terms together to refer generally to violent fighting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “armed conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 21 9 eze2 figs-activepassive μὴ πτοηθῆτε 1 do not be terrified If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 9 m435 grammar-connect-logic-result δεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα γενέσθαι πρῶτον 1 for these things must happen first If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase before **do not be terrified**, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason why followers of Jesus should not be terrified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 21 9 msn6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος 1 but not immediately the end Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 21 9 jyh8 figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 yj1i writing-pronouns τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them The word **he** refers to Jesus, and the word **them** refers to his disciples. Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer to leave out this phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 m436 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 ms79 figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 ax4w figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 m437 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The expression **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 e65b figs-ellipsis καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 and kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 m438 figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 m439 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. (It could also represent the ruler of that kingdom, as UST suggests.) Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 11 ib3l φόβηθρά 1 terrifying events Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
|
||||
LUK 21 11 m440 figs-metonymy σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα 1 great signs from heaven The term **heaven** could mean one of two things here. (1) Based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it could have the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) It could be a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 unm4 figs-metonymy τούτων 1 these things This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 w5uz figs-metonymy ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 they will lay their hands on you This expression means figuratively means to arrest a person, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 qd99 writing-pronouns ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 they will lay their hands on you The word **they** refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in [21:16](../21/16.md). Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 w2i4 figs-metonymy παραδιδόντες εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 delivering you to the synagogues The term **synagogues** figuratively means the leaders of the synagogues, who had the authority to put Jews on trial. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to the leaders of the synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 xt6d figs-ellipsis καὶ φυλακάς 1 and prisons Jesus is speaking compactly here. He means that the enemies of his disciples will turn them over to the authorities, and the authorities will put them in prison. Alternate translation: “who will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 m441 figs-metonymy ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ 1 bringing you before This expression figuratively means to turn someone over to an authority for trial, where the person would stand **before** the authority and answer the charges. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 cwq9 figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for the sake of my name The word **name** here figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 13 d98x ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον 1 It will turn out for you for a testimony Alternate translation: “This will give you an opportunity to speak about how you believe in me”
|
||||
LUK 21 14 q1s1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὖν 1 But This term is usually translated “therefore” because it typically introduces a result or conclusion from something that has just been said. However, in some cases, including this one, the term instead indicates a contrast with what has just been said. Knowing they would be put on trial, Jesus’ disciples would naturally want to think about how to defend themselves, but Jesus is telling them, by contrast, not to do that. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 he8s figs-metaphor θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 put in your hearts Jesus speaks figuratively of his disciples’ **hearts** as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 m442 figs-metaphor θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 put in your hearts Jesus is using the disciples’ **hearts** figuratively to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 usf9 figs-explicit μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι 1 not to prepare to be defended The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 m443 figs-activepassive ἀπολογηθῆναι 1 to be defended If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 15 m788 translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [21:14](../21/14.md) and [21:15](../21/15.md), putting all of [21:15](../21/15.md) first, followed by all of [21:14](../21/14.md). You could begin [21:15](../21/15.md) with “Since” and have no introductory word for [21:14](../21/14.md), or you could have no introductory word for [21:15](../21/15.md) and begin [21:14](../21/14.md) with “So.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 21 15 z6ua figs-metonymy στόμα καὶ σοφίαν 1 a mouth and wisdom Jesus is using the term **mouth** figuratively to refer to speech. Alternate translation: “speech and wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 15 gm5t figs-hendiadys στόμα καὶ σοφίαν 1 a mouth and wisdom The phrase **a mouth and wisdom** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **wisdom** describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 21 15 d3zh figs-doublenegatives ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν 1 that all the ones opposing you will not be able to resist or contradict If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verbs **resist** and **contradict** as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 21 15 m444 figs-doublet ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν 1 to resist or contradict The terms **resist** and **contradict** mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 21 16 xc2s figs-activepassive παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων 1 you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 16 m445 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers The term **brothers** has a generic sense here that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 21 16 ue17 writing-pronouns θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 they will put to death some of you The term **they** could possibly mean one of two things, though the first meaning is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you” or (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 17 m446 figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by all If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 17 wbh8 figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by all The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 17 lm66 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name The word **name** here figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 18 m447 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 21 18 m448 figs-doublenegatives θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative words **not at all** combined with the negative verb **perish** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 21 18 y7bi figs-synecdoche θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 21 18 m449 θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate who will make sure that the disciples do not **perish**. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
|
||||
LUK 21 18 m450 figs-metaphor θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish Since Jesus says in [21:16](../21/16.md) that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking figuratively here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually, that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 19 g85h ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν 1 By your endurance Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
|
||||
LUK 21 19 r5zc κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 you will gain your souls The **soul** means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
|
||||
LUK 21 20 nqb6 figs-activepassive κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem surrounded by armies If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 20 m451 translate-names Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 21 20 dfy7 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς 1 its desolation is near If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desolation** with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 21 m452 translate-names τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ 1 Judea This is the name of a province. Alternate translation: “the other parts of the province of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 21 21 m453 figs-explicit εἰς τὰ ὄρη 1 to the mountains The implication is that people who fled **to the mountains** would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 21 ubh7 writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς 1 in the midst of it The word **it** here means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 21 m454 figs-explicit οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν 1 let those in the fields not enter into it The term **fields** refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 21 m455 οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν 1 let those in the fields not enter into it If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should stay outside of it where they will be safer”
|
||||
LUK 21 22 vs2g figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 m456 figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vengeance** with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 eba2 figs-activepassive τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 to fulfill all the things that have been written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 m457 figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 all the things that have been written The word **all** has a limited meaning here. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m458 figs-idiom αῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 the ones having in the womb This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 the ones nursing This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m459 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m460 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m461 figs-parallelism ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people If the word **land** figuratively means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 mzp3 figs-metonymy ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land This could mean one of two things. (1) The term **land** could refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) The term **land** could be literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m462 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 iw4r figs-metonymy καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 and wrath to this people Jesus is using the word **wrath** figuratively to mean what God will do in his **wrath**. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 lmj8 figs-metonymy πεσοῦνται 1 they will fall The term **fall** here figuratively means to die, by association with the way that people who die **fall** to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m463 figs-metaphor στόματι μαχαίρης 1 by the mouth of the sword The term **mouth** here may be a figurative way of saying “edge” or “end,” by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “by the edge of the sword” or “when soldiers kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m464 figs-personification στόματι μαχαίρης 1 by the mouth of the sword This phrase could also be depicting the sword figuratively as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m465 figs-genericnoun μαχαίρης 1 the sword The word **sword** represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m466 figs-synecdoche μαχαίρης 1 the sword Jesus may figuratively be using one kind of weapon, **the sword**, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 cg3n figs-activepassive αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 they will be led captive into all the nations If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 zn4e figs-hyperbole εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 into all the nations The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m467 figs-metonymy ἐθνῶν 1 nations Jesus is using the term **nations** figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 d356 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This could mean one of two things. (1) The image could be of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) The image could be of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m468 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m469 figs-explicit ἐθνῶν 2 the nations Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by **the nations**, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 na6l figs-activepassive ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν 1 until the times of the nations are fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 25 bza4 figs-metonymy συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν 1 distress of nations As in [21:10](../21/10.md), the term **nations** here refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will be distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 25 m470 figs-doublet ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου 1 in perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea Jesus may be using the terms **roaring** and **tossing** together to depict a great storm in the ocean, whose waves would rise up high and make loud sounds. Alternate translation: “because they will be anxious about the great storms at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 21 25 sz1c figs-metaphor ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου 1 in perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea These storms could be literal. Jesus may be saying that there will be larger and more frequent hurricanes at this time. However, they could also be figurative. Jesus may be using the image of being in a storm at sea to portray how the people will feel about what they are experiencing. You could represent this possible metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be as anxious as they would be in a great storm at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 26 m471 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Jesus is using the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 21 26 m472 figs-hendiadys ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας 1 from fear and expectation This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **fear** describes what the **expectation** of people will be like. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from fearful expectation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 21 26 az37 τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ 1 the things that are coming upon the inhabited world Alternate translation: “the things that are happening in the world” or “the things that are happening to the world”
|
||||
LUK 21 26 m473 grammar-connect-logic-result αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 for the powers of the heavens will be shaken If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 21 26 wn9g figs-idiom αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken The phrase **the powers of the heavens** is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 26 m474 figs-activepassive αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 m475 writing-pronouns ὄψονται 1 they will see The word **they** refers to the people of the nations, whom Jesus has been speaking about since [21:25](../21/25.md). Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 k9pr figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 m476 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 wyj9 figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλῃ 1 coming in a cloud Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means **coming** down from heaven **in a cloud**. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in a cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 acp6 figs-hendiadys μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς 1 with power and much glory This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 21 27 m477 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς 1 with power and much glory If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 28 mv82 translate-symaction ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν 1 stand up and lift up your heads Jesus tells his disciples to assume this posture, rather than fearfully crouching down and looking down, to demonstrate their confidence that God is coming to deliver them. Alternate translation: “confidently stand up straight and hold your heads high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 21 28 up9z figs-metonymy διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν 1 because your deliverance is coming near Jesus is speaking figuratively of God as if he were the deliverance that he is going to bring. Alternate translation: “because God will soon deliver you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 28 m478 figs-abstractnouns διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν 1 because your deliverance is coming near If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent the idea behind the abstract noun **deliverance** with a verb such as “deliver.” Alternate translation: “because God will soon deliver you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 29 h6a9 figs-parables καὶ εἶπεν παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς 1 And he spoke a parable to them Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 21 29 m479 figs-genericnoun τὴν συκῆν 1 the fig tree Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 29 m480 translate-unknown τὴν συκῆν 1 the fig tree See how you translated this in [13:6](../13/06.md). Alternate translation: “the fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 21 30 l2ts ὅταν προβάλωσιν 1 When they already sprout Alternate translation: “When they start to grow new leaves”
|
||||
LUK 21 30 yic5 ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν 1 the summer is already near Alternate translation: “summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
|
||||
LUK 21 31 y81z ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
|
||||
LUK 21 31 t1ca figs-abstractnouns ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God is near See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 32 gsh9 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 21 32 h921 figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born a certain generation. This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” or (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 32 m3il οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ…ἕως ἂν 1 will certainly not pass away until If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
|
||||
LUK 21 32 m481 πάντα 1 all Alternate translation: “all of these things”
|
||||
LUK 21 33 t53u figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 The heaven and the earth will pass away Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. (The term **heaven** here refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist.) Alternate translation: “everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 21 33 c3yl figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 but my words will certainly not pass away Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 33 kym8 οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 will certainly not pass away If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always continue to be true”
|
||||
LUK 21 34 m482 figs-activepassive μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 y2qk figs-metaphor μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries Jesus speaks figuratively of these things as if they would be a weight pressing down on the minds of his disciples. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 r69y figs-metaphor ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι 1 your hearts The **heart** here figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 se3c figs-hendiadys κρεπάλῃ καὶ μέθῃ 1 hangover and drunkenness This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **drunkenness** explains the source of the **hangover**. Alternate translation: “drunken hangovers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 unw9 μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 everyday worries Alternate translation: “the cares of this life”
|
||||
LUK 21 34 x8jh figs-personification ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 that sudden day will come upon you Jesus speaks figuratively of this **day** as if it could actively spring upon his disciples like a trap. (The traditional verse divisions put the phrase “like a trap” at the start of the next verse. A note will discuss it there.) This could mean one of two things, depending on whether **sudden** is understood as an adjective or with the sense of an adverb. Alternate translation: “that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 r486 figs-explicit καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 and that sudden day will come upon you The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 q6ph figs-explicit καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη 1 and that sudden day will come upon you This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “the day when I return will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 35 m483 figs-simile ὡς παγίς 1 like a trap Jesus says figuratively that just as a **trap** closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 21 35 qh1b ἐπεισελεύσεται…ἐπὶ πάντας 1 it will come upon all Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people”
|
||||
LUK 21 35 m484 figs-metaphor τοὺς καθημένους 1 who are sitting Jesus speaks figuratively of **sitting** to mean “living.” Alternate translation: “who are living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 35 ry3f figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς 1 on the face of the whole earth Jesus speaks figuratively of the surface of the **earth** as if it were the outward part or **face** of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “all over the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 auh8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m4l4 figs-hyperbole ἀγρυπνεῖτε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ 1 stay awake in every time The expression **in every time** means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it figuratively, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “continue to watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m485 figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 stay awake Jesus is using this expression in a figurative sense. Alternate translation: “stay alert” or “watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m486 figs-explicit ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 stay awake The implication is that Jesus is telling his disciples to do this so that they will not be surprised when he returns. Alternate translation: “watch for the signs of my coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m487 figs-metaphor καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 and to stand before the Son of Man The word **before** here means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “and to stand in the presence of the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 h83d figs-metaphor καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 and to stand before the Son of Man The term **stand** here is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in [Psalm 130:3](../psa/130/03.md), “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m488 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m489 figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” or “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 tfe8 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1–21:36](../20/01.md) ends. You language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 zh1m figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 m490 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 m491 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 21 38 m492 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ λαὸς 1 all the people The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes how many people came to hear Jesus teach each morning. Alternate translation: “large numbers of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 38 bky8 figs-ellipsis ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 were getting up early to him Luke is leaving out some words here that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 21 38 cbx2 figs-explicit ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 to hear him The implication is that the people wanted to **hear** Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 38 m493 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke figuratively means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 22 intro y8nr 0 # Luke 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)<br>2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)<br>3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)<br>4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)<br>5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[22:14-20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”<br><br>Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 q8fa grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Festival of Unleavened Bread During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews ate bread that was not made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 m494 figs-activepassive ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα 1 which is called the Passover If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 m495 translate-names Πάσχα 1 Passover This is the name of a festival. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 u5jm ἤγγιζεν 1 was coming near Luke uses this term here in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was almost ready to begin”
|
||||
LUK 22 2 m496 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 2 n9v6 figs-explicit τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they might kill him These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 2 aij5 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν 1 for they were fearing the people These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 2 m497 figs-explicit τὸν λαόν 1 the people This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m498 translate-names Σατανᾶς 1 Satan This is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in [10:18](../10/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς 1 entered into This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m499 translate-names Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Judas Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m500 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην 1 the one called Iscariot If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m501 figs-nominaladj ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα 1 who was from the number of the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 4 qpi4 figs-explicit στρατηγοῖς 1 captains The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 4 s7qx writing-pronouns πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν 1 how he might deliver him to them The word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 5 ir4p ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced Alternate translation: “this made chief priests and captains very glad”
|
||||
LUK 22 5 usn7 figs-metonymy αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι 1 to give him silver Luke is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 6 r6xx τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν 1 to deliver him Alternate translation: “to help the leaders arrest Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 6 bw75 ἄτερ ὄχλου 1 away from the crowd Alternate translation: “when there was no crowd around him”
|
||||
LUK 22 7 veh1 figs-explicit ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Day of Unleavened Bread This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [22:1](../22/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 7 rqi1 figs-metonymy ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα 1 it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the lamb that the Law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 abcs writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν 1 he sent The word **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m503 translate-names Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην 1 Peter…John These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m504 figs-youdual πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε 1 Going, prepare Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 nkz4 figs-explicit πορευθέντες 1 Going The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 us…that we may eat Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m505 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 j52e figs-exclusive θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 do you wish that we should prepare it Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word **us** does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 s8yw figs-verbs ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 that we should prepare it Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 um6z figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε 1 them…you…you…follow Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 c13w figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus used this word to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος 1 a man…will meet you Alternate translation: “you will see a man”
|
||||
LUK 22 10 a677 translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 a pitcher of water This does not mean a small serving **pitcher**, but rather a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 say to the master of the house, ‘The Teacher says to you, “Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ Διδάσκαλος 1 the Teacher This is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 22 11 pq8q figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lpw6 κἀκεῖνος 1 and that one Alternate translation: “and the owner of the house”
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets and dining couches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m507 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 g9ty figs-explicit ἀπελθόντες 1 they went The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m508 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 14 j1dn figs-idiom ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα 1 when the hour came Luke is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 14 lnc6 translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 he reclined to eat See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 15 hue3 ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα 1 With desire I have desired Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you can use it here. Otherwise, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much”
|
||||
LUK 22 15 m509 figs-metonymy τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα 1 this Passover Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 15 s1sj figs-metonymy πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν 1 before I suffer Jesus is referring figuratively to his death, by association with the way that he will **suffer** much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 16 m510 translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 22 16 gbj7 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 22 16 m511 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ 1 I will certainly not eat it Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 16 k28r figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. This could mean one of several things. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God” or (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom” or (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 17 l5e6 figs-metonymy δεξάμενος ποτήριον 1 he took a cup Luke is using the term **cup** figuratively to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 17 d7pc εὐχαριστήσας 1 having given thanks Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
|
||||
LUK 22 17 xvm7 figs-metonymy διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς 1 divide it among yourselves Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 18 m512 translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why he wants his disciples to share the wine, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 22 18 m78n λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus is using this phrase this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 22 18 h5tl figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 of the fruit of the vine Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 18 crv5 figs-personification ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ 1 until the kingdom of God comes Jesus is speaking figuratively of the **kingdom of God** as if it could actively come on its own. Alternate translation: “until God establishes his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 22 18 m513 figs-abstractnouns ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ 1 until the kingdom of God comes See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “until God begins to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 m514 translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 bread This term refers to a loaf of **bread**, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in [9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 nd2m figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 bread Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 m515 εὐχαριστήσας 1 when he had given thanks Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
|
||||
LUK 22 19 d3yc ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
|
||||
LUK 22 19 m516 figs-explicit καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 and gave to them The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 d8r1 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 This is my body See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand it to mean one of two things. In the first case, it would be a metaphor. Alternate translation: (1) “This represents my body” or (2) “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 lc9m figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον 1 which is given for you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 cxy5 figs-explicit τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν 1 Do this in my remembrance Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 m517 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ ποτήριον 1 And the cup Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 z3cx figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup…This cup In each case, the term **cup** figuratively means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine…The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 gc8h figs-explicit ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου 1 the new covenant in my blood In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Jesus is likely alluding to that practice here, in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 v4d3 figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 which is poured out for you Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will flow out of my wounds for you when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 21 swj1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen to this carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 21 g6ks figs-synecdoche ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης 1 the hand of the one betraying me is with me on the table Jesus is figuratively using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 22 21 m518 figs-metonymy μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης 1 is with me on the table Jesus is using the shared location of the **table** figuratively to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the **table**. Alternate translation: “is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 wtj2 translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 mk3q figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς…τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 m519 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς…τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 m520 figs-euphemism πορεύεται 1 goes Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 p2qa figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον 1 according to what has been determined If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 22 wy2s figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται 1 through whom he is betrayed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 24 yyw9 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 Then Luke may use this word simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 24 y9ce δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων 1 seems to be greater Luke uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
|
||||
LUK 22 24 m521 μείζων 1 greater Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, **greater**, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
|
||||
LUK 22 25 m522 figs-explicit οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the kings of the nations Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that here by **the nations** he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the kings of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 25 zjf5 κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 lord it over them Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
|
||||
LUK 22 25 tw4y figs- irony εὐεργέται καλοῦνται 1 are called Benefactors The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 22 25 m523 figs-activepassive καλοῦνται 1 are called If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 25 m524 translate-names εὐεργέται 1 Benefactors This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 ne9r ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως 1 But you be not thus Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m525 ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος 1 let the greater among you become like the younger As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater…the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns, to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one…the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 cdq7 figs-metonymy ὁ νεώτερος 1 the younger This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring figuratively to a person who was less important and influential, by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 y4n1 ὁ διακονῶν 1 the one who serves Alternate translation: “a servant”
|
||||
LUK 22 27 mw2l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 27 jt7r figs-rquestion τίς…μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν? 1 who is greater, the one who reclines to eat, or the one who serves? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 27 n3dl translate-unknown ὁ ἀνακείμενος 1 the one who reclines to eat See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “the person who is dining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 27 lu3a figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος? 1 Is it not the one who reclines to eat? Jesus is using a further question to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You must agree that it is the person who is dining.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 27 qbn6 figs-explicit ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν 1 But I am in the midst of you as one who serves Jesus is likely referring to the example that he has set at this meal. This would include serving the bread to the disciples, which Luke describes in [22:19](../22/19.md). John [13:4–5](../jhn/13/04.md) also records that before this meal, Jesus washed the disciples feet, which a household servant would ordinarily have done. Alternate translation: “But I have been acting like a servant here at this meal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 28 i9xb οἱ διαμεμενηκότες μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου 1 the ones who have continued with me in my trials Alternate translation: “the ones who have stayed with me through my struggles”
|
||||
LUK 22 29 w4pd κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου, βασιλείαν 1 And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom If it would be clearer in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And so, just as my Father has given a kingdom to me, I am giving one to you”
|
||||
LUK 22 29 nly5 figs-abstractnouns κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου, βασιλείαν 1 And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “And so I am giving you the authority to rule, just as my Father has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 29 m527 grammar-connect-logic-result κἀγὼ 1 And I Jesus uses this expression to indicate that what he is about to say is the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “And so I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 29 ii65 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. ((See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 22 30 m528 figs-metonymy ἵνα ἔσθητε καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου 1 so that you may eat and drink at my table Jesus may simply be referring to the way he and his disciples will renew their table fellowship in the kingdom of God, as he described in [22:16](../22/16.md). But he may also be referring figuratively to his disciples becoming important officials in his kingdom, since such officials would have their meals at the king’s **table**. Alternate translation: “so that you may be important officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 30 m529 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου 1 in my kingdom If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule” and a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “when I rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 30 us1j translate-symaction καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων 1 sit on thrones Rulers have **thrones** that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 30 m530 figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς…τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the 12 tribes of Israel Jesus uses the term **tribes** here figuratively to refer to the people who belong to those **tribes**. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 t8qd Σίμων, Σίμων 1 Simon, Simon Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Oh, Simon”
|
||||
LUK 22 31 m531 translate-names Σίμων 1 Simon This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:38](../04/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 m532 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 m533 translate-names ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan This is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in [10:18](../10/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 m534 ἐξῃτήσατο 1 has asked Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God”
|
||||
LUK 22 31 m535 translate-unknown ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 to sift you as wheat To **sift** **wheat** means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with **wheat**, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 qyy7 figs-simile ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 has asked to sift you as wheat Jesus is using this comparison to say figuratively that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me no matter what” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 m536 figs-explicit ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 has asked to sift you as wheat The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 dmw8 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you The word **you** is plural here. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 m537 ἐγὼ…ἐδεήθην 1 I have asked Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
|
||||
LUK 22 32 pd1t figs-you ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ 1 you…your…you…you…your Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 zp8w figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου 1 that your faith may not fail If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verb **fail** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 qxk7 figs-metaphor ποτε ἐπιστρέψας 1 when you have turned back This expression refers figuratively to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 f9v8 figs-explicit στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 strengthen your brothers The implication is that Jesus wants Simon to **strengthen** the other disciples in their faith. Alternate translation: “encourage the other disciples to be strong in their faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 r7ux figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers Jesus is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean someone who shares the same belief. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” or “the other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 m538 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers Jesus has the other apostles, who are all men, initially in view here. But he may also want Simon to strengthen the faith of any of his other disciples, male or female, who need encouragement. In that case, he would be using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 22 33 m539 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 But he said to him The word **he** refers to Simon, who was also known as Peter, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Jesus calls him as Peter in the next verse. So that your readers will know that Jesus is talking to the same man there, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “But Simon Peter said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 m540 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said The word **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “But Jesus answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 m541 λέγω σοι 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell Peter. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 22 34 tu15 οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ εἰδέναι 1 the rooster will not crow today before you will deny three times that you know me If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “before the rooster crows today, you will deny three times that you know me”
|
||||
LUK 22 34 pwj1 figs-metonymy οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ ἕως 1 the rooster will not crow today before Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 eq7h translate-unknown οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ ἕως 1 the rooster will not crow today before A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 m542 figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 m543 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 m544 figs-metonymy ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων 1 without a money bag and sack and sandals As in [10:4](../10/04.md), Jesus is speaking of these items figuratively, to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disiples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag…the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag…anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 m546 figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag…the one who does not have a sword Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag…any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 q717 translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 cloak See how you translated this term in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 n73l translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 m547 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 22 37 g4l7 figs-activepassive τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 this that is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 m548 figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 this that is written Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 u9jx figs-activepassive δεῖ τελεσθῆναι 1 must be accomplished in me If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 m549 figs-quotesinquotes τό…μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jz9d figs-nominaladj μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun, to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jf1f figs-activepassive μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 se1d figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει 1 For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment Jesus is speaking implicitly here about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 38 kbt8 figs-explicit ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus may be indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords, as UST suggests. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 39 zaw6 writing-background ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 going out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in [21:37](../21/37.md) that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 39 m550 translate-names τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../01/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 40 m551 figs-synecdoche ενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου 1 when he came to the place Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to refer figuratively to the whole group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 22 40 b6pz figs-abstractnouns προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Pray not to enter into temptation If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Pray that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 40 m552 figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Pray not to enter into temptation The implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 41 sp1s figs-idiom ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν 1 about the throw of a stone This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 41 m553 translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα 1 having put down his knees As Jesus indicates in his parable in [18:11](../18/11.md), the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgent about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 y51l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 ic7y figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me Jesus refers to what he will soon experience as if it were a cup of bitter liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “allow me to not drink from this cup” or “allow me to not experience what is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 zw2y figs-activepassive πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω 1 Nevertheless not my will, but yours be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “However, do what is according to your will rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 45 a9fg ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν 1 When he rose up from his prayer, he came “When Jesus got up after praying, he” or “After praying, Jesus got up and he”
|
||||
LUK 22 45 gb3z εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης 1 found them sleeping because of their sorrow “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from their sadness”
|
||||
LUK 22 46 in7g figs-rquestion τί καθεύδετε? 1 Why are you sleeping? Possible meanings are (1) “I am surprised that you are sleeping now.” or (2) “You should not be sleeping now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 46 nl7w ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation “so that you may not be tempted” or “so that nothing tempts you and causes you to sin”
|
||||
LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ἰδοὺ, ὄχλος 1 behold, a crowd appeared The word “behold” alerts us to a new group in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 mva7 προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 was leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not telling the crowd what to do. Alternate translation: “leading them to Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 47 c2l7 translate-unknown φιλῆσαι αὐτόν 1 to kiss him “to greet him with a kiss” or “to greet him by kissing him.” When men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing to say that a man would kiss another man, you could translate it in a more general way: “to give him a friendly greeting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 48 e2n9 figs-rquestion φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως? 1 are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss? Jesus uses a question to rebuke Judas for betraying him with a kiss. Normally a kiss is a sign of love. Alternate translation: “it is a kiss you are using to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 48 zvk8 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is using this term to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 22 49 njs1 οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν 1 those who were around Jesus This refers to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
LUK 22 49 y5za τὸ ἐσόμενον 1 what was going to happen This refers to the priests and soldiers coming to arrest Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 22 49 gv81 figs-explicit εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ? 1 should we strike with the sword? The question is about the type of fight they should engage in (a sword fight), not what weapon they should use (the swords that they brought, [Luke 22:38](../22/38.md)), but your translation may need to speak of the weapons they brought. Alternate translation: “fight against them with the swords we brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 50 b4ij εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain one of them “one of the disciples”
|
||||
LUK 22 50 f2fm ἐπάταξεν…τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 struck the servant of the high priest “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword”
|
||||
LUK 22 51 rcp5 ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου 1 No more of this! “Do not do any more of that”
|
||||
LUK 22 51 abct ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν 1 touching his ear, he healed him “Jesus touched the ear of the servant and healed him”
|
||||
LUK 22 51 c6pz ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου 1 touching his ear “touched the servant where his ear had been cut off”
|
||||
LUK 22 52 fa7z figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων? 1 Do you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs? “Do you come out with swords and clubs because you think I am a robber?” Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, yet you come out to me bringing swords and clubs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 53 g1tu καθ’ ἡμέραν ὄντος μου μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 When I was daily with you “I was among you every day”
|
||||
LUK 22 53 a6qu ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests entered the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courts” or “at the temple”
|
||||
LUK 22 53 c4is figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 you did not lay your hands on me In this verse, to lay hands on someone is to arrest that person. Alternate translation: “arrest me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 53 gw9n αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα 1 this is your hour “this is the time for you to do whatever you want”
|
||||
LUK 22 53 mzb4 figs-ellipsis ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους 1 the authority of the darkness It may be helpful to repeat the reference to time. “Darkness” is a metonym for Satan. Alternate translation: “the time of the authority of darkness” or “the time when God is allowing Satan to do whatever he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 54 mtp8 ἤγαγον 1 they led him away “led Jesus away from the garden where they had arrested him”
|
||||
LUK 22 54 ct8h εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 into the house of the high priest “into the courtyard of the high priest’s house”
|
||||
LUK 22 55 b3x7 περιαψάντων…πῦρ 1 they had kindled a fire “some people had made a fire.” The fire was to keep the people warm during the cool night. Alternate translation: “some people started a fire to keep warm”
|
||||
LUK 22 55 qx64 μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς 1 the middle of the courtyard This was the courtyard at the high priest’s house. It had walls around it, but no roof.
|
||||
LUK 22 55 m8ew μέσος αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them “together with them”
|
||||
LUK 22 56 fm4t καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 as he sat in the light of the fire He sat near the fire and its line shone on him.
|
||||
LUK 22 56 fxz3 καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν 1 and looking straight at him, said “and she looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard”
|
||||
LUK 22 56 zu63 καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν 1 This man also was with him The woman was telling the people about Peter being with Jesus. She probably did not know Peter’s name.
|
||||
LUK 22 57 dzq9 ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο 1 But Peter denied it “But Peter said that it was not true”
|
||||
LUK 22 57 vdm1 οὐκ οἶδα αὐτόν, γύναι 1 Woman, I do not know him Peter did not know the woman’s name. He was not insulting her by calling her “woman.” If people would think he was insulting her, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a woman he does not know, or you could leave out the word.
|
||||
LUK 22 58 i65s καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ 1 You are also one of them “You are also one of those who were with Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 58 cyv7 ἄνθρωπε, οὐκ εἰμί 1 Man, I am not Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him “Man.” If people would think he was insulting him, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a man he does not know, or you could leave out the word.
|
||||
LUK 22 59 h5tb διϊσχυρίζετο λέγων 1 insisted, saying “said insistently” or “said loudly”
|
||||
LUK 22 59 fc42 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας…οὗτος 1 In truth, this one Here “this man” refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter’s name.
|
||||
LUK 22 59 qwf7 figs-explicit Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 he is a Galilean The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 ck93 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him “Man.” If people would think he was insulting him, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a man he does not know, or you could leave out the word. See how you translated this in [Luke 22:58](../22/58.md).
|
||||
LUK 22 60 al3s figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are saying “I do not know what you are talking about.” This expression means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you said is not true at all” or “what you said is completely false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 p6c5 ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 while he was still speaking “while Peter was speaking”
|
||||
LUK 22 60 lt62 ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ 1 a rooster crowed Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Luke 22:34](../22/34.md).
|
||||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 στραφεὶς, ὁ Κύριος ἐνέβλεψεν τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 turning, the Lord looked at Peter “The Lord turned and looked at Peter”
|
||||
LUK 22 61 dpk1 τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord “what Jesus had said” when Jesus had said that Peter would betray Jesus
|
||||
LUK 22 61 kkq8 ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 a rooster crows Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Luke 22:34](../22/34.md).
|
||||
LUK 22 61 ui26 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn. Alternate translation: “tonight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 zjc6 ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 deny me three times “deny three times that you know me”
|
||||
LUK 22 62 m5gu ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 he went outside “Peter went out of the courtyard”
|
||||
LUK 22 63 abcu οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτὸν, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ δέροντες 1 who were guarding him mocked and beat him “who were guarding Jesus mocked and beat Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 64 zn1p περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν 1 They put a cover over him “They covered his eyes so that he could not see”
|
||||
LUK 22 64 cl2v figs-irony προφήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε 1 Prophesy! Who is the one who hit you? The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. They called Jesus a prophet, but they were teasing him and showing him why they did not think that he was a prophet. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!” or “Hey prophet, who hit you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 22 64 q4g1 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy! “Speak words from God!” The implied information is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 66 wa4h 0 General Information: It is now the next day and Jesus is brought before the council.
|
||||
LUK 22 66 v9m2 καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 Now when it was day “At dawn the next morning”
|
||||
LUK 22 66 vp8u figs-activepassive ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν 1 They led him into their council Possible meanings are (1) “The elders had Jesus brought into the council” or (2) “The guards led Jesus into the council of the elders.” Some languages may avoid saying who led him by using the pronoun “they” or by using a passive verb: “Jesus was led into the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 67 br8y λέγοντες 1 saying A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 67 h12k εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν 1 If you are the Christ, tell us “Tell us if you are the Christ”
|
||||
LUK 22 67 g8iy figs-hypo ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 If I tell you, you will certainly not believe This is the first of two hypothetical statements by Jesus. It was a way for Jesus to respond without giving them a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. Your language may have a way of indicating that the action has not actually happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 68 l7nz figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε 1 if I ask you, you will certainly not answer This is the second hypothetical statement. It was a way for Jesus to rebuke them without giving them a reason to convict him. These words, along with “If I tell you, you will not believe” (verse 67), show that Jesus did not believe that the council was really looking for the truth. Your language may have a way of indicating that the action has not actually happened. Jesus is saying that whether he speaks or asks them to speak, they will not respond correctly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 xsz9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the council.
|
||||
LUK 22 69 z3ea ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν 1 from now on “from this day” or “starting from today”
|
||||
LUK 22 69 p8kt figs-123person ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man will be Jesus uses this phrase to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 nka9 translate-symaction καθήμενος ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seated at the right hand of the power of God To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated in the place of honor beside the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 h4n3 figs-metonymy τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God “the all-powerful God.” Here “power” refers to his supreme authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 70 udh2 figs-explicit σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Then you are the Son of God? The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to explicitly confirm their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 70 l4j7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 22 70 jtr9 ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 You are saying that I am “Yes, it is just like you say”
|
||||
LUK 22 71 u3m3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? They use a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we have heard from his own mouth The phrase “his own mouth” refers to his speech. Alternate translation: “heard him say that he believes he is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the last line of this chapter apart because it is more connected with chapter 24 than with chapter 23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Accuse<br><br>The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing evil because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing.<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Luke 23:53](../../luk/23/53.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I find no fault in this man”<br><br>Pilate was saying that he did not know of any reason why he should punish Jesus because Jesus had not broken any laws. Pilate was not saying that Jesus was perfect.
|
||||
LUK 23 1 pi3d 0 General Information: Jesus is brought before Pilate.
|
||||
LUK 23 1 sgf1 ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 The whole company of them “All of the Jewish leaders” or “All the members of the Council”
|
||||
LUK 23 1 mvn9 ἀναστὰν 1 rose up “stood” or “stood to their feet”
|
||||
LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 before Pilate To appear before someone means to enter into their authority. Alternate translation: “to be judged by Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν 1 We found “We” refers only the Council members, and not to Pilate of any other people nearby. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 im4v διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 perverting our nation “causing our people to do things that are not right” or “causing trouble by telling lies to our people”
|
||||
LUK 23 2 xsa4 κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι 1 forbidding to give tribute “telling them not to pay taxes”
|
||||
LUK 23 2 l68k figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar Caesar represents the Emperor of Rome. Alternate translation: “to the Emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 3 z5hu ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν 1 So Pilate questioned him “Pilate asked Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 3 ve4s figs-explicit σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so Possible meanings are (1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” or (2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 4 fx7d τοὺς ὄχλους 1 the crowds large groups of people
|
||||
LUK 23 4 s8fi οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ 1 I find no fault in this man “I do not find this man guilty of anything”
|
||||
LUK 23 5 yy6w ἀνασείει 1 He stirs up “causes trouble among”
|
||||
LUK 23 5 cr78 ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε 1 all Judea, and beginning from Galilee, even to this place This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “all Judea. He began causing trouble in Galilee and now is causing trouble here”
|
||||
LUK 23 6 vvp6 ἀκούσας 1 when heard this “heard that Jesus began to teach in Galilee”
|
||||
LUK 23 6 px94 ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 he asked whether the man was a Galilean Pilate wanted to know from which area Jesus came because he wanted to have a lower-ranking government official judge Jesus. If Jesus were from Galilee, Pilate could have Herod judge Jesus because Herod had authority over Galilee.
|
||||
LUK 23 6 dr1s ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 23 7 cbn1 ἐπιγνοὺς 1 When he discovered “Pilate found out”
|
||||
LUK 23 7 mn6i figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν 1 he was under Herod’s authority The passage does not state the implied fact that Herod was the ruler of Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod because Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ay2i ἀνέπεμψεν 1 he sent “Pilate sent”
|
||||
LUK 23 7 i163 ὄντα…αὐτὸν 1 who was himself This refers to Herod.
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ys2n ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days “at that time”
|
||||
LUK 23 8 k9z8 ἐχάρη λείαν; ἦν 1 he was very glad “Herod was very glad”
|
||||
LUK 23 8 z3zz θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν 1 he had wanted to see him “Herod had wanted to see Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 8 gp7u τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he had heard about him “Herod had heard about Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 8 vg5u ἤλπιζέν 1 he was hoping “Herod hoped”
|
||||
LUK 23 8 b424 figs-activepassive τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον 1 to see some sign done by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to see him perform some kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 9 hbp3 ἐπηρώτα δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς 1 So he questioned him in many words “Herod asked Jesus a lot of questions”
|
||||
LUK 23 9 c8li οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ 1 answered him nothing “did not reply” or “did not give Herod an answer”
|
||||
LUK 23 10 lpu6 ἵστήκεισαν…οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 the scribes stood “the scribes were standing there”
|
||||
LUK 23 10 hn8g εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ 1 violently accusing him “severely accusing Jesus” or “accusing him of all kinds of crimes”
|
||||
LUK 23 11 p9yl ὁ Ἡρῴδης σὺν τοῖς στρατεύμασιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod and his soldiers “Herod and his soldiers”
|
||||
LUK 23 11 qt1c περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν 1 Dressing him in elegant clothes “put beautiful clothes on him.” The translation should not imply that this was done to honor or care for Jesus. They did it to mock Jesus and to make fun of him.
|
||||
LUK 23 12 b6f1 figs-explicit ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 both Herod and Pilate had become friends with each other that day The implied information is that they became friends because Herod appreciated Pilate allowing him to judge Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had sent Jesus to Herod for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 12 x7r8 writing-background προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς 1 for previously there had been hostility between them This information is enclosed in parentheses to show that it is background information. Use a format that your audience would understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 13 h89l συνκαλεσάμενος τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τὸν λαὸν 1 called together the chief priests and the rulers and the crowd of people “called the chief priests and the rulers and the crowd of people to come meet together”
|
||||
LUK 23 13 d7gn figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν 1 the people It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to come. The crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 dh77 τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον 1 this man This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 23 14 wsw6 ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα 1 as perverting “saying that he”
|
||||
LUK 23 14 ee53 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας 1 having questioned him before you “I have questioned Jesus in your presence, and.” It is implied that they were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: “I have questioned Jesus with you here as witnesses, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 e517 ἐγὼ…οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ 1 I find no fault in this man “do not think that he is guilty”
|
||||
LUK 23 15 k5gk 0 Connecting Statement: Pilate continues speaking to the Jewish leaders and to the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 15 h623 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης 1 But neither did Herod It may be helpful to add information that is not included in the short statement. Alternate translation: “Even Herod does not think he is guilty” or “Even Herod thinks he is innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 bn7l οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης…γὰρ 1 neither did Herod, for “nor does Herod, because” or “nor does Herod. We know this because”
|
||||
LUK 23 15 i2ba figs-exclusive ἀνέπεμψεν…αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 he sent him back to us “Herod sent Jesus to return to us.” The word “us” refers to Pilate, his soldiers, and the priests and scribes, but not those who were listening to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 gs4m figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ 1 nothing that is worthy of death has been done by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve a death sentence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 16 p5wa παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν 1 I will therefore punish him Because Pilate had found no fault in Jesus he should have released him without punishment. It is not necessary to try to make this statement fit logically into the translation. Pilate punished Jesus, whom he knew to be innocent, only because he was afraid of the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 18 cx37 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 19 tells us background information about who Barabbas is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 v7pf ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ 1 they cried out all together “All the people in the crowd shouted”
|
||||
LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-explicit αἶρε τοῦτον, ἀπόλυσον δὲ 1 Away with this man, but release “Take this man away! Release.” They are asking him to have his soldiers kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “Take this man away and execute him! Release” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 i6pj figs-exclusive ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν 1 release to us “us” refers to the crowd only, and not to Pilate and his soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 19 vd6b writing-background ὅστις ἦν…φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He was put into prison…for murder This is background information that Luke gives about who Barabbas was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 19 qdv7 figs-activepassive ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He was put into prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 19 zl1f στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 a certain rebellion that happened in the city “trying to persuade the people of the city to rebel against the Roman government”
|
||||
LUK 23 20 vbp4 πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς 1 again addressed them “spoke to them again” or “spoke again to the people in the crowd and to the religious rulers”
|
||||
LUK 23 20 t1i2 θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 desiring to release Jesus “because he wanted to set Jesus free”
|
||||
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ δὲ τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 Then he said to them a third time “Pilate said to the crowd again, for the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 ck75 figs-rquestion τί…κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? 1 what evil has this man done? Pilate uses this question to cause the crowd to understand that Jesus is innocent. Alternate translation: “this man has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 de5a οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ 1 I have found no fault deserving death in him “He has done nothing for which he deserves to die”
|
||||
LUK 23 22 mij1 παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 after punishing him, I will release him As in [Luke 23:16](../23/16.md), Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment because he was innocent. However, he offered to punish Jesus to appease the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 22 z7ax ἀπολύσω 1 I will release him “I will set him free”
|
||||
LUK 23 23 k1hh οἱ…ἐπέκειντο 1 they were insistent “the crowd insisted”
|
||||
LUK 23 23 sni4 φωναῖς μεγάλαις 1 with loud voices “with shouting”
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pst8 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι 1 for him to be crucified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Pilate to have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pgz9 κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν 1 their voices prevailed “The crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate”
|
||||
LUK 23 24 tfw2 γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν 1 to grant their demand “to do what the crowd requested”
|
||||
LUK 23 25 nwd3 ἀπέλυσεν δὲ τὸν…ὃν ᾐτοῦντο 1 He released the one whom they asked for Pilate released Barrabas from prison. Alternate translation: “Pilate freed Barabbas, whom the crowd had asked be released”
|
||||
LUK 23 25 t66f writing-background διὰ στάσιν καὶ φόνον βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 who had been put in prison for rioting and murder This is background information about where Barrabas was at that time. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison…murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 25 z8v8 τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν 1 but he handed over Jesus to their will “Pilate commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus to them to do whatever the crowd wanted to do”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 As they led him away “While the soldiers led Jesus away from where Pilate was”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 ἐπιλαβόμενοι 1 they seized The Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Do not translate this in a way that indicates that Simon was arrested or had done anything wrong.
|
||||
LUK 23 26 x5qz translate-names Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 a certain Simon of Cyrene “a man named Simon, from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 i5ua ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 coming from the country “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 fub3 ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν 1 putting the cross on him “put the cross on his shoulders”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 y3p6 ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 behind Jesus “and he followed behind Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 27 nvg3 πολὺ πλῆθος 1 A great crowd “A large crowd”
|
||||
LUK 23 27 ad9f πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν 1 a great crowd of the people, and of women The woman were part of the large crowd, and not a separate crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 27 s7gx ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν 1 mourned for him “mourned for Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 27 bp3x ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ 1 were following him This does not mean that they were Jesus’ disciples. It simply means they were walking along behind him.
|
||||
LUK 23 28 s3ka στραφεὶς…πρὸς αὐτὰς 1 turning to them This indicates that Jesus turned to face the women and address them directly.
|
||||
LUK 23 28 nl38 θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Daughters of Jerusalem The “daughter” of a city means the women of the city. This was not rude. It was a normal form of address to a group of women from one location. Alternate translation: “You women who are from Jerusalem”
|
||||
LUK 23 28 wi15 figs-metonymy μὴ κλαίετε ἐπ’ ἐμέ, πλὴν ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not weep for me, but weep for yourselves and for your children The person is a metonym for what happens to the person. Alternate translation: “do not weep about the bad things that will happen to me. Instead, weep because worse things will happen to you and to your children” or “you are weeping because bad things are happening to me, but you will weep even more when worse things happen to you and your children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 s9uj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 29 rd8v ὅτι ἰδοὺ 1 For see This introduces the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves.
|
||||
LUK 23 29 bjb7 ἔρχονται ἡμέραι 1 days are coming “there will soon be a time”
|
||||
LUK 23 29 xi9e ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν 1 in which they will say “when people will say”
|
||||
LUK 23 29 rat4 αἱ στεῖραι 1 the barren “women who have not given birth to children”
|
||||
LUK 23 29 rgj1 αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 the wombs that did not bear, and the breasts that did not nurse These clauses are used to more fully describe “the barren.” Those women neither gave birth nor nursed children. It may be helpful to combine these together with “the barren.” Alternate translation: “the women who have never given birth to children or nursed babies”
|
||||
LUK 23 29 u1x1 ἐροῦσιν 1 they will say This can refer to either the Romans or the Jewish leaders, or no one in particular.
|
||||
LUK 23 30 te1i τότε 1 Then at that time
|
||||
LUK 23 30 gya6 figs-ellipsis τοῖς βουνοῖς 1 to the hills Words are left out to keep the phrase short. Alternate translation: “they will say to the hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 y238 figs-rquestion ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things while the tree is green, what will happen when it is dry? Jesus uses a question to help the crowd understand that people are doing bad things now in good times, so certainly they will do worse things in the bad times in the future. Alternate translation: “You can see that they are doing these bad things while the tree is green, so you can be sure that they will do worse things when the tree is dry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 nkk3 figs-metaphor τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ 1 the tree is green The green tree is a metaphor for something that is good. If your language has a similar metaphor, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 zt5s figs-metaphor τῷ ξηρῷ 1 it is dry The dry wood is a metaphor for something that will be useful only to burn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 w8yj figs-activepassive ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ ἀναιρεθῆναι 1 Now two other criminals, were also being led away with him to be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The soldiers led away with Jesus two criminals to execute them also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m2nh ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 two other criminals “Two other men who were criminals” or “Two criminals.” Luke avoids saying “other criminals” because Jesus was innocent, even though he was treated as a criminal. Luke calls the other two men criminals, but not Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 23 33 wj2q ὅτε ἦλθον 1 When they came The word “they” includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 23 33 i3vx ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 33 bjr2 ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν 1 one on his right and one on his left “they crucified one criminal on Jesus’ right side and the other criminal on Jesus’ left side”
|
||||
LUK 23 34 uk4s ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 they cast lots The soldiers participated in a type of gambling. Alternate translation: “they gambled”
|
||||
LUK 23 34 qbj8 διαμεριζόμενοι…τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 dividing up his garments, they cast lots “cast lots to decide who among the soldiers would take home each piece of Jesus’ clothing”
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a2h5 ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς 1 The people stood by “The people were standing there”
|
||||
LUK 23 35 kue4 σωσάτω 1 Let him save This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 23 35 t7mb figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 He saved others. Let him save himself Luke records the ironic words of the rulers. The only way Jesus could save others was by dying instead of saving himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m3f6 σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 Let him save himself “Jesus should be able to save himself.” They said this to mock Jesus. They did not believe he could save himself. Alternate translation: “We would like to see him prove who he is by saving himself from the cross”
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a963 ὁ…ἐκλεκτός 1 the chosen one “the one that God has chosen”
|
||||
LUK 23 36 k8h9 αὐτῷ 1 him Jesus
|
||||
LUK 23 36 q9w9 προσερχόμενοι 1 coming up “coming close to Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 36 b3jz ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ 1 offering him vinegar “offering Jesus vinegar to drink.” Vinegar is a cheap drink that common people drink. The soldiers were mocking Jesus by giving a cheap drink to someone who claims to be a king.
|
||||
LUK 23 37 x5wr figs-explicit εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν 1 If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself The soldiers were mocking Jesus. Alternate translation: “We do not believe you are the King of the Jews, but if you are, prove us wrong by saving yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 38 l5be ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 an inscription over him “a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross that stated”
|
||||
LUK 23 38 w7aw ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὗτος 1 This is the King of the Jews The people who put this sign above Jesus were mocking him. They did not really think he was a king.
|
||||
LUK 23 39 z9ej ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν 1 insulted him “insulted Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 39 tmy7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός? σῶσον σεαυτὸν 1 Are you not the Christ? Save yourself The criminal uses a question to mock Jesus. Alternate translation: “You claim to be the Christ. Save yourself” or “If you really were the Christ, you would save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 39 g6uk figs-irony σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς 1 Save yourself and us The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue them from the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 lb4e ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ 1 the other rebuked him “the other criminal rebuked him”
|
||||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same condemnation? The criminal uses a question to scold the other criminal. Alternate translation: “You should fear God, because they are punishing you the same way they are punishing him” or “You must have no fear of God, since you mock him while you are hanging on a cross the same as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-123person ἡμεῖς μὲν…ἐπράξαμεν ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 We indeed…we are receiving…we did These usages of “we” refer only to the two criminals, and not to Jesus or the other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 i4gm ἡμεῖς μὲν δικαίως 1 we indeed rightly “Truly we deserve this punishment”
|
||||
LUK 23 41 nu35 οὗτος 1 this man This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 23 42 mht9 καὶ ἔλεγεν 1 Then he said “The criminal also said”
|
||||
LUK 23 42 j9d9 μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me “think about me and treat me well”
|
||||
LUK 23 42 zyv3 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 when you come into your kingdom To “come into” a kingdom means to begin to rule. Alternate translation: “begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 43 abcv εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “Jesus said to the criminal”
|
||||
LUK 23 43 n6w9 ἀμήν, σοι λέγω, σήμερον 1 Truly I say to you, today “Truly” adds emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that today”
|
||||
LUK 23 43 f1fl τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 paradise This is the place that righteous people go to when they die. Jesus was assuring the man that he would be with God and God would accept him. Alternate translation: “the place where the righteous people live” or “the place where people live well”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour “about noon.” This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
|
||||
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land “the entire land became dark”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour “until 3 p.m.” This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
|
||||
LUK 23 45 hjt3 τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος 1 The sun was darkened This does not refer to sundown. Rather, the light of the sun darkened during the middle of the day. Use a term to describe the sun becoming dark rather than the sun going down.
|
||||
LUK 23 45 ssh2 τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 the curtain of the temple “the curtain inside the temple.” This was the curtain that separated the most holy place from the rest of the temple.
|
||||
LUK 23 45 ah4k figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two “the curtain of the temple was torn into two pieces.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God tore the temple curtain into two pieces from the top to the bottom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 z1fq φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 crying out with a loud voice “Shouting loudly.” It may be helpful to show how this is related to the events of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “When that happened, Jesus shouted loudly”
|
||||
LUK 23 46 r4ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 mix5 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 into your hands I commit my spirit “The phrase “into your hands” refers to God’s care. Alternate translation: “I entrust my spirit to your care” or “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 k5rv τοῦτο δὲ εἰπὼν 1 Now having said this “After Jesus said this”
|
||||
LUK 23 46 bd6y ἐξέπνευσεν 1 he breathed his last “Jesus died”
|
||||
LUK 23 47 p6lh ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης 1 the centurion This was the title for the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers. He supervised the crucifixion.
|
||||
LUK 23 47 ar1d figs-activepassive τὸ γενόμενον 1 what happened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 47 c2ti ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν 1 this man was righteous “this man did nothing wrong” or “this man did not do anything wrong”
|
||||
LUK 23 48 dq99 ὄχλοι 1 crowds large groups of people
|
||||
LUK 23 48 jth1 οἱ συνπαραγενόμενοι 1 who had come together “who gathered together”
|
||||
LUK 23 48 gt8y ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην 1 for this spectacle “see this event” or “observe what was happening”
|
||||
LUK 23 48 yq19 figs-activepassive τὰ γενόμενα 1 the things that had happened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 48 whs7 τύπτοντες…ὑπέστρεφον 1 returned beating “returned to their homes beating”
|
||||
LUK 23 48 ft9q translate-symaction τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη 1 beating their breasts This was a symbol of sorrow and regret. Alternate translation: “hitting their own chests to show that they were sorrowful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 xzh8 αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ 1 who followed him “traveled with Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 49 evb4 ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 at a distance “some distance away from Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 23 49 s74u ταῦτα 1 these things “what happened”
|
||||
LUK 23 50 cbj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Joseph asks Pilate for Jesus’ body. These verses give us background information about who Joseph is. It may be helpful to reorder some of this information with a verse bridge, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 ud7p writing-participants καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Now there was a man The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 wx2z βουλευτὴς 1 a council member “the Jewish Council”
|
||||
LUK 23 51 ddr1 figs-explicit οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν 1 He did not agree with the council and their action What the decision was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with either the Council’s decision to kill Jesus or with their action in killing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 51 rba6 translate-names ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 He was from Arimathea Here “Judean town” means it was located in Judea. Alternate translation: “the town called Arimathea, which is in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 52 tk6r οὗτος, προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 He approached Pilate, asking for the body of Jesus “This man went to Pilate and requested the body of Jesus, to bury it.”
|
||||
LUK 23 53 ec9d καθελὼν 1 he took it down “Joseph took Jesus’ body from the cross”
|
||||
LUK 23 53 f5bq ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι 1 wrapped it in a linen cloth “wrapped the body in a fine linen cloth.” This was the normal burial custom at that time.
|
||||
LUK 23 53 yy3n figs-activepassive λαξευτῷ 1 that was cut in the rock This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone had cut in a rock cliff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 53 m5wu οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος 1 in which no one had yet been laid This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “No one had ever before put a body in that tomb”
|
||||
LUK 23 54 tia9 ἡμέρα…παρασκευῆς 1 the Day of the Preparation “the day when people got ready for the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath”
|
||||
LUK 23 54 b4i1 figs-metaphor Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν 1 the Sabbath was about to begin For the Jews, the day began at sunset. Alternate translation: “it was soon going to be sunset, the start of the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 55 pu3i αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ 1 who had come with Jesus out of Galilee “who had traveled with Jesus from the region of Galilee”
|
||||
LUK 23 55 nhd9 figs-activepassive κατακολουθήσασαι…ἐθεάσαντο τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 followed and saw the tomb and how his body was laid This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “walked along behind Joseph and the men who were with him; the women saw the tomb and how the men laid Jesus’ body inside the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 56 sm68 ὑποστρέψασαι 1 They returned “The women went to the houses where the women were staying”
|
||||
LUK 23 56 mj6q figs-explicit ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα 1 prepared spices and ointments Because they had had no time to honor Jesus by putting fragrant spices and ointments on his body on the day he died, they were going to do it on the morning of the first day of the week. Alternate translation: “prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 56 uzk9 ἡσύχασαν 1 they rested “the women did no work”
|
||||
LUK 23 56 tk6s κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν 1 according to the commandment “according to the Jewish law” or “as the Jewish law required.” They were not allowed to prepare his body on the Sabbath according to the law.
|
||||
LUK 24 intro r5qx 0 # Luke 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### The faith of the women<br><br>Most of Luke’s original readers would have thought of women as less important than men, but Luke carefully shows that some women loved Jesus very much and had more faith than the twelve disciples had.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](./38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 24:7](../../luk/24/07.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “On the third day”<br><br>Jesus told his followers that he would become alive again “on the third day” ([Luke 18:33](../../luk/18/33.md)). He died on a Friday afternoon (before sunset) and became alive again on a Sunday, so he became alive again “on the third day” because the Jews said that the day began and ended at sunset, and they counted any part of the day as a day. Friday was the first day, Saturday was the second day, and Sunday was the third day.<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
LUK 24 1 b46u 0 General Information: The women ([Luke 23:55](../23/55.md)) return to the tomb with spices to put on Jesus’ body.
|
||||
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων, ὄρθρου βαθέως 1 Now at early dawn on the first day of the week “Before dawn on Sunday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 qg7a ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν 1 they came to the tomb “the women arrived at the tomb.” These were the women spoken of in [Luke 23:55](../23/55.md).
|
||||
LUK 24 1 pen7 τὸ μνῆμα 1 the tomb This tomb was cut in the rock of a cliff.
|
||||
LUK 24 1 w4w1 φέρουσαι…ἀρώματα 1 bringing the spices These were the same spices they prepared in [Luke 23:56](../23/56.md).
|
||||
LUK 24 2 jq9p εὗρον…τὸν λίθον 1 They found the stone “They saw that the stone was”
|
||||
LUK 24 2 l6uk figs-activepassive τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 the stone rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 2 t4mf τὸν λίθον 1 the stone This was a large, cut, round stone big enough to completely block the doorway to the tomb. It required several men to roll it.
|
||||
LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus You can state explicitly that they did not find it because it was not there. Alternate translation: “the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 ex1u 0 General Information: Two angels appear and begin speaking to the women.
|
||||
LUK 24 4 bmt4 καὶ ἐγένετο 1 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν 1 they became terrified “became afraid”
|
||||
LUK 24 5 n5xf translate-symaction κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 bowed down their faces to the earth “bowed low to the ground.” This action expresses their humility and submission to the men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 abcw εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 They said to them “the men said to the women”
|
||||
LUK 24 5 fs3y figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν? 1 Why do you seek the living among the dead? The men use a question to mildly criticize the women for looking in a tomb for a living person. Alternate translation: “You are looking for a living person among dead people!” or “You should not be looking for someone who is alive in a place where they bury dead people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 x4vy figs-you τί ζητεῖτε 1 Why do you seek Here “you” is plural, referring to the women who came. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 q7zg 0 Connecting Statement: The angels finish speaking to the women.
|
||||
LUK 24 6 awf1 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἠγέρθη 1 but has been raised “but he has been made alive again.” “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 s8k5 μνήσθητε ὡς 1 Remember how “Remember what”
|
||||
LUK 24 6 rt89 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you The word “you” is plural. It refers to the women and possibly the other disciples in addition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 sj3u figs-quotations τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὅτι 1 that the Son of Man This is the beginning of an indirect quote. It can also be translated with a direct quote as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 pl6b figs-activepassive τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δεῖ παραδοθῆναι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι 1 the Son of Man must be delivered up into the hands of sinful men and be crucified The phrase “must be” means this is something that would certainly happen because God had already decided that it would happen. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “it was necessary that they hand the Son of Man over to sinful men who would crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 e4ca figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας 1 into the hands Here “hands” refers to power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day The Jews counted any portion of a day as a day. Therefore, the day Jesus was raised was the “third day” because it followed the day of his burial and the Sabbath day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 8 f2k2 0 Connecting Statement: The women go to tell the apostles about what they found at the tomb.
|
||||
LUK 24 8 rew5 figs-metonymy ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 they remembered his words Here “words” refers to the statement that Jesus made. Alternate translation: “remembered what Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 fnh6 τοῖς ἕνδεκα, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς 1 to the eleven and to all the rest “the eleven apostles and all the rest of the disciples who were with them”
|
||||
LUK 24 9 iz68 τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the eleven This is Luke’s first reference to the eleven, because Judas left the twelve and betrayed Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 24 10 h1ml δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke gives the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there.
|
||||
LUK 24 11 apl7 καὶ ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 But these words seemed like idle talk to the apostles “But the apostles thought that what the women said was foolish talk”
|
||||
LUK 24 12 e7tt ὁ δὲ Πέτρος 1 Peter, however This phrase contrasts Peter to the other apostles. He did not dismiss what the women said, but ran to the tomb to see for himself.
|
||||
LUK 24 12 rm1d figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 rose up This is an idiom that means “began to act.” Whether Peter was sitting or standing when he decided to act is not important. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 ax6s παρακύψας 1 stooping down Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. Alternate translation: “bending himself at the waist”
|
||||
LUK 24 12 n1tg figs-explicit τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα 1 only the linen cloths “only the linen cloths.” This refers to the cloths that had been wrapped around Jesus’ body when he was buried in [Luke 23:53](../23/53.md). It is implied that the body of Jesus was not there. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 fxd2 ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν 1 went away to his home “went away to his home”
|
||||
LUK 24 13 a1e3 writing-newevent 0 General Information: Two of the disciples are on their way to Emmaus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 emc5 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold The author uses this word to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 e8gx δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 two of them “two of the disciples”
|
||||
LUK 24 13 s5n1 ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that same day “that same day.” This refers to the day when the women found the tomb to be empty.
|
||||
LUK 24 13 d8jk translate-names Ἐμμαοῦς 1 Emmaus This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 cea7 translate-bdistance σταδίους ἑξήκοντα 1 sixty stadia “eleven kilometers.” A “stadium” was 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
LUK 24 15 tl6s καὶ ἐγένετο 1 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. It starts with Jesus approaching them. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
LUK 24 15 b3sl αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus himself The word “himself” emphasizes the fact that the very Jesus they were talking about actually appeared to them. So far the women had seen the angels, but no one had seen Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 24 16 q6nk figs-synecdoche οἱ…ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 their eyes were prevented from recognizing him “their eyes were kept from recognizing Jesus.” The men’s ability to recognize Jesus is spoken of as their eyes’ ability to recognize him. This can be stated in active form. It is most likely that it was God who prevented them from recognizing Jesus. Alternate translation: “something happened to them so they could not recognize him” or “God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 xak8 εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said to them “Jesus said to the two men”
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m554 figs-youformal εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν 1 if you are willing…yours Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 ic7y figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m555 figs-imperative παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 zw2y figs-imperative πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω 1 But let not my will, but yours, happen This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 22 43 m556 translate-textvariants Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν 1 And an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 43 m557 figs-idiom Ὤφθη…αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him The term **appeared** does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 44 m558 translate-textvariants καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 And being in agony, he was praying more earnestly, and his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 44 m559 ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο 1 he was praying more earnestly This could mean one of two things. (1) Luke may be using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) The word may have an actual comparative sense, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been before”
|
||||
LUK 22 44 m560 figs-simile ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 22 45 m561 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 22 45 m562 ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having risen up from the prayer, he came to the disciples Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
|
||||
LUK 22 45 gb3z figs-abstractnouns εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης 1 found them sleeping from the sorrow If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sorrow** with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 46 in7g figs-rquestion τί καθεύδετε? 1 Why are you sleeping? Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 46 nl7w figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 46 m563 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could say something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m564 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ὄχλος 1 a crowd Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m565 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας 1 the one called Judas If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m566 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Judas This is the first name of a man. See how you translated it in [22:3](../22/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m567 figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 one of the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 mva7 figs-explicit προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 was leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 c2l7 translate-symaction φιλῆσαι αὐτόν 1 to kiss him In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 48 e2n9 figs-rquestion φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως? 1 are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 48 zvk8 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 22 48 m569 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 49 njs1 οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν 1 those who were around him This means to Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who were around him”
|
||||
LUK 22 49 y5za figs-explicit τὸ ἐσόμενον 1 what was going to happen If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 49 m570 figs-idiom εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 if we will strike with the sword This was an idiomatic way to ask a question. Alternate translation: “should we strike with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 49 m571 figs-synecdoche εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 if we will strike with the sword The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a **sword**, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 22 49 gv81 figs-explicit εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 if we will strike with the sword Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords, should we use them now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 50 b4ij writing-participants εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain one of them Luke uses this phrase to bring one of the characters into the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his gospel that it was Peter, but since Luke does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 50 f2fm figs-explicit ἐπάταξεν…τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 struck the servant of the high priest The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 51 m572 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 answering Jesus said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 22 51 rcp5 figs-idiom ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου 1 Allow up to this This is an idiom. It is in the form of a positive statement, but it actually has a strong negative meaning. Alternate translation: “No more of this” or “Do not do anything more like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 51 c6pz figs-explicit ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν 1 touching his ear, he healed him It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s **ear**, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 52 m573 figs-explicit στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 captains of the temple See how you translated this in [22:4](../22/04.md). Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 52 fa7z figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων? 1 Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 52 m574 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων? 1 Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs? The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 52 m575 figs-simile ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν 1 as against a robber If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. The term **robber** here likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force”
|
||||
LUK 22 52 m576 figs-metonymy μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων 1 swords and clubs Jesus is speaking of these weapons figuratively, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 53 a6qu figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 22 53 c4is figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 you did not lay your hands on me As in [20:19](../20/19.md), here this expression means figuratively to arrest a person, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 53 gw9n figs-idiom αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα 1 this is your hour Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “this is a time when you can do whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 53 mzb4 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους 1 and the authority of the darkness Jesus is using this phrase to characterize the **hour** further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that by repeating the reference to “time” from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when darkness is in authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 53 m577 figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους 1 and the authority of the darkness Jesus is referring figuratively to Satan as **darkness**. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when God is allowing Satan to do what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 54 mtp8 figs-explicit ἤγαγον 1 they led him away If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 54 m578 writing-background ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν 1 And Peter was following from a distance Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 54 m579 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν 1 And Peter was following from a distance If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Peter followed **from a distance**. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 55 b3x7 writing-pronouns περιαψάντων…πῦρ 1 they having kindled a fire The word **they** does not mean the same thing here as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 55 m580 writing-participants περιαψάντων…πῦρ 1 they having kindled a fire Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 55 m581 figs-explicit πῦρ 1 a fire Implicitly, the purpose of the fire was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 55 qx64 figs-explicit ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς 1 in the middle of the courtyard Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 55 m8ew μέσος αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them Alternate translation: “there together with them”
|
||||
LUK 22 56 m582 writing-participants ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις 1 Then a certain female servant, seeing him Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 56 fm4t καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 sitting towards the light Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
|
||||
LUK 22 56 fxz3 figs-explicit καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν 1 and looking steadily at him, said Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him, but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 56 zu63 figs-explicit καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν 1 This one also was with him The woman could mean one of two things by this. (1) She could mean that Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) However, it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, and so she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 57 dzq9 ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο 1 But he denied it Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
|
||||
LUK 22 57 vdm1 γύναι 1 Woman Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
|
||||
LUK 22 58 m583 writing-participants ἕτερος 1 another Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 58 i65s καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ 1 You are also of them Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 58 cyv7 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Peter addresses this person as **Man** because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
|
||||
LUK 22 59 m584 διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς 1 about one hour having passed You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
|
||||
LUK 22 59 m585 writing-participants ἄλλος τις 1 a certain other one Luke uses this expression to introduce a further character into the story. Alternate translation: “yet another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 59 h5tb διϊσχυρίζετο 1 was insisting Alternate translation: “kept saying loudly”
|
||||
LUK 22 59 fc42 οὗτος 1 this one The phrase **this one** refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter’s name. Alternate translation: “this man”
|
||||
LUK 22 59 qwf7 figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 for he is also a Galilean The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. If it wold be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he speaks with a Galilean accent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 59 m586 figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 for he is also a Galilean If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 ck93 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man See how you translated this in [22:58](../22/58.md). Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him **Man**. Alternate translation: “Sir”
|
||||
LUK 22 60 al3s figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are saying This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 p6c5 writing-pronouns ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 while he was still speaking The pronoun **he** refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 lt62 translate-unknown ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ 1 a rooster crowed See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the Lord…the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation in each case: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 61 dpk1 figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 kkq8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 a rooster crows See how you translated this in [22:60](../22/60.md) and the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 ui26 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today See how you translated this in [22:34](../22/34.md). The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 zjc6 ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 you will deny me three times Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
|
||||
LUK 22 62 m5gu figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 going outside As the note to [22:55](../22/55.md) explains, this was an open-air courtyard, so the people in it were already outside in that sense. This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 63 abcu writing-pronouns οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτὸν, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ δέροντες 1 the men who were holding him mocked and beat him The word **him** refers to Jesus in both cases. Alternate translation: “the soldiers who were guarding Jesus mocked and beat Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 64 zn1p translate-unknown καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν 1 And having blindfolded him A **blindfold** is a thick cloth that people tie around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “They covered his eyes so that he could not see, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 64 cl2v figs-irony προφήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε? 1 Prophesy! Who is the one who hit you? The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. They called Jesus a prophet, but they were mocking him by saying the opposite of what they believed to be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 22 64 m587 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε? 1 Who is the one who hit you? The guards do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question, and they are really using it as a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 64 q4g1 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see. Alternate translation: “Speak words from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 65 m588 βλασφημοῦντες 1 blaspheming him To **blaspheme** can have a technical sense, as it often does in this book. It can refer to a human being claiming to be God, as the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [5:21](../05/21.md). It can also refer to a human being wrongly denying that something is divine or of divine origin, as the Jewish leaders were afraid the people would consider them to be doing in [20:6](../20/06.md). By ironically suggesting that Jesus was not a true prophet, the soldiers actually were guilty of blasphemy in this technical sense. But the word can also have a general sense of “insult,” and that may be the sense in which Luke is using it here. Alternate translation: “insulting him”
|
||||
LUK 22 66 v9m2 καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 And when it became day Alternate translation: “As soon as it was light”
|
||||
LUK 22 66 vp8u writing-pronouns ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν 1 they led him into their Sanhedrin The word **they** does not necessarily refer to **the elders**. Rather, since Jesus was in the custody of the guards, the elders would have had the guards bring Jesus in. Alternate translation: “the elders had Jesus brought into the Sanhedrin” or “the guards led Jesus into the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 66 m589 figs-explicit τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν 1 their Sanhedrin This is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 66 m590 translate-names Συνέδριον 1 Sanhedrin This is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 67 br8y λέγοντες 1 saying It may be helpful to begin a new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 67 h12k εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν 1 If you are the Christ, tell us This sounds like a conditional statement, but it is actually an imperative. Alternate translation: “Tell us whether you are the Messiah”
|
||||
LUK 22 67 g8iy figs-hypo ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 If I told you, you would certainly not believe Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, since that might give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy for claiming to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Suppose I said that I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 68 l7nz figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε 1 and if I questioned you, you would certainly not answer Jesus is using a further hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, in order not to give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 68 m591 figs-explicit ἐὰν…ἐρωτήσω 1 if I questioned you The implicit meaning is that Jesus would **question** them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 z3ea ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν 1 from now on Alternate translation: “after this”
|
||||
LUK 22 69 p8kt figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself here in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 m592 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 m593 figs-activepassive ἔσται…καθήμενος 1 will be seated If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 nka9 translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 at the right hand of the power of God To sit at the “**right hand…of God** means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 h4n3 figs-hendiadys τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 22 70 udh2 figs-explicit σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore are you the Son of God The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 70 l4j7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title that Jesus deserves, even though the elders did not think he deserved it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 22 70 jtr9 figs-idiom ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 You are saying that I am This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 u3m3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. It might be more natural for your language to use the plural form “witnesses” than the singular **witness**. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m594 figs-explicit τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? The implications are that no further witnesses are needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for witnesses to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m595 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν 1 do we have…we ourselves have heard The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m596 figs-explicit αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we…have heard from his own mouth The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m597 figs-explicit ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we…have heard from his own mouth The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../01/32.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** figuratively to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 pi3d grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 sgf1 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 the whole multitude of them The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “The many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 mvn9 figs-metonymy ἀναστὰν 1 rose up This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but figuratively by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 to Pilate The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 m598 translate-names Πειλᾶτον 1 Pilate This is the name of a man, who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 m599 figs-explicit κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 to accuse him The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could say explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 we found…our nation The terms **we** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 im4v figs-metaphor διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 misleading our nation The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 xsa4 κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι 1 forbidding to give tribute Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
|
||||
LUK 23 2 l68k figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar See how you translated this in [20:22](../20/22.md). The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 3 m600 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη 1 answering him he said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 23 3 ve4s figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so Like the similar expression in [22:70](../22/70.md), this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 4 fx7d writing-participants καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 and the crowds Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 4 s8fi figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ 1 I find no cause in this man Pilate means implicitly **no cause** to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 5 m601 writing-pronouns οἱ…ἐπίσχυον 1 they were insisting The word **they** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 5 yy6w figs-metaphor ἀνασείει τὸν λαὸν 1 He stirs up the people The Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if Jesus were stirring a pot and putting in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. They mean that he is encouraging rebellion. Alternate translation: “He encourages the people to rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 5 cr78 καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε 1 beginning from Galilee as far as here It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He began causing trouble in Galilee, and he has done so all the way to here”
|
||||
LUK 23 6 vvp6 figs-explicit ἀκούσας 1 heard this As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 6 px94 figs-quotations ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 he asked whether the man was a Galilean If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 23 6 dr1s figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man This refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 cbn1 figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι 1 when he learned that The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 mn6i figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν 1 he was under the authority of Herod The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ay2i figs-explicit ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην 1 he sent him to Herod The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ys2n figs-idiom ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Luke is using the term **days** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 z3zz writing-pronouns θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he had been desiring to see him…because he had heard about him In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod had been wanting to see Jesus…because Herod had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 b424 figs-activepassive ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον 1 he was hoping to see some sign happen by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 9 hbp3 figs-metonymy ἐπηρώτα…αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς 1 he questioned him in many words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 9 c8li οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ 1 he answered him nothing If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
|
||||
LUK 23 10 lpu6 ἵστήκεισαν 1 stood by Alternate translation: “were standing there”
|
||||
LUK 23 10 hn8g εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ 1 vehemently accusing him Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
|
||||
LUK 23 11 m602 ἐξουθενήσας…αὐτὸν 1 despised him This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||||
LUK 23 11 qt1c figs-explicit περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν 1 Putting elegant clothing around him Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 12 b6f1 figs-explicit ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. There seem to be two possibilities. (1) It could have been because Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) It could have been because they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 12 x7r8 grammar-connect-logic-result προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς 1 for they were previously being in hostility between themselves If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 13 d7gn writing-participants τὸν λαὸν 1 the people This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 dh77 figs-explicit εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον 1 said to them, “You brought this man to me” By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 wsw6 figs-metaphor ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν 1 as turning the people away Pilate uses a figurative term here that is similar to the one that the council members use in [23:2](../23/02.md) when they accuse Jesus of “misleading” the Jewish nation, meaning that he was encouraging them to do wrong things. The slightly different term that Pilate uses to summarize their charges means that they accused Jesus of **turning the people away** from their duties to the Roman Empire. It does not mean that Jesus refused to welcome people who came to him for help. Alternate translation: “saying that he encourages the people to be disloyal to the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 m603 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Pilate uses the term **behold** to get the Jewish leaders and the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 m604 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας 1 I, having examined him before you For emphasis, since he is declaring Jesus innocent, Pilate uses the personal pronoun **I** here when it would not ordinarily be required in Greek. If your language uses pronouns in this same way, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 m605 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας 1 I, having examined him before you The term **before** figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him in your presence, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 ee53 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας 1 I, having examined him before you The implication is that the Jewish leaders were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him with you present as witnesses, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 e517 οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 found nothing in this man as cause for what you are accusing against him See how you translated the similar expression in [23:4](../23/04.md). Alternate translation: “found no grounds to convict this man on the charges you are making against him”
|
||||
LUK 23 15 h623 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης 1 But neither did Herod Pilate is speaking in an abbreviated way here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify his meaning by adding information from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “But Herod did not find any grounds to convict him either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 bn7l grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 for he sent him back to us If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason why it is clear that Herod did not consider Jesus guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 i2ba figs-exclusive πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 to us Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word **us** includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 gs4m figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ 1 nothing worthy of death has been done by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 16 p5wa figs-explicit παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 Therefore, having punished him, I will release him Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 16 m606 figs-synecdoche παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν 1 having punished him Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m607 translate-textvariants Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα 1 And he had obligation to release one to them at every feast See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m608 grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And This verse uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m609 writing-pronouns Ἀνάγκην…εἶχεν 1 he had obligation The word **he** refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m610 figs-nominaladj ἕνα 1 one This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “one prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m611 figs-synecdoche κατὰ ἑορτὴν 1 at every feast This verse uses the general term **feast** to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 v7pf writing-pronouns ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ 1 they cried out all together The word **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-imperative αἶρε τοῦτον 1 Take away this one This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 m612 figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 but release to us Barabbas This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you can also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 i6pj figs-exclusive ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν 1 release to us When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 m613 translate-names Βαραββᾶν 1 Barabbas This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 19 vd6b writing-background ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 19 qdv7 figs-activepassive ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 19 zl1f figs-explicit στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 for a certain rebellion that happened in the city If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 20 vbp4 writing-pronouns πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς 1 again addressed them The word **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 20 t1i2 grammar-connect-logic-result θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 desiring to release Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 21 m614 translate-unknown σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 21 m615 figs-imperative σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he spoke to them a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 ck75 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? 1 For what evil has this one done? Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 de5a οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ 1 No cause for death have I found in him Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
|
||||
LUK 23 22 mij1 figs-explicit παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 Therefore, having punished him, I will release him See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 m616 figs-synecdoche παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν 1 having punished him Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 23 23 sni4 figs-metonymy φωναῖς μεγάλαις 1 with loud voices Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd figuratively by reference to the **voices** that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pst8 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι 1 for him to be crucified If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pgz9 figs-personification κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν 1 their voices prevailed Luke speaks figuratively of the **voices** as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 23 24 m617 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 24 tfw2 γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν 1 for their demand to happen Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
|
||||
LUK 23 25 nwd3 figs-explicit τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 the one who had been put in prison If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 25 t66f figs-activepassive βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 who had been put in prison If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 25 z8v8 figs-personification τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν 1 he handed over Jesus to their will Luke speaks figuratively of the **will** of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 as they led him away Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon…they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon…and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 m618 writing-background Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 m619 writing-participants Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 x5qz translate-names Σίμωνά 1 Simon This is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name, for a different person, in [4:38](../04/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 m620 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 Cyrenean The term **Cyrenean** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 i5ua ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 coming from the country Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 fub3 ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν 1 they put the cross on him Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 y3p6 ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to carry behind Jesus Alternate translation: “and made him walk along behind Jesus carrying it”
|
||||
LUK 23 27 ad9f ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν 1 a great crowd of the people was following him, and of women The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
|
||||
LUK 23 27 s7gx writing-background καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν 1 and of women who were mourning and wailing for him Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next, when Jesus speaks to these women. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now the crowd included women who were mourning and wailing for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 27 m621 translate-symaction ἐκόπτοντο 1 mourning See the note to this term at [8:52](../08/52.md), and see how you translated it there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 23 27 bp3x ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ 1 was following him The word **following** is not figurative here. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
|
||||
LUK 23 28 nl38 figs-metaphor θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Daughters of Jerusalem As in [13:34](../13/34.md), Jesus is figuratively describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 28 wi15 figs-explicit ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 weep for yourselves and for your children Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in [23:31](../23/31.md) is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 s9uj translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 rd8v figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 bjb7 figs-idiom ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days are coming in which Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 xi9e writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν 1 in which they will say Jesus is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense here. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “when people will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 m622 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν they will say, ‘Blessed are the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse.’ 1 they will say, ‘Blessed are the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 rgj1 figs-parallelism αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse After speaking of women who were **barren**, that is, who did not have children, Jesus describes the same women in more detail. He is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 m623 figs-synecdoche αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse These are two figures of speech in which Jesus is using one part of a person to represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “women who have never given birth or nursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 te1i grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Then The word **Then** here does not mean that people would say this after what they said in the previous verse. Rather, it means that they would say this at the same time when they were saying that. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 u1x1 writing-pronouns ἄρξονται λέγειν 1 they will begin to say Jesus is likely using the word **they** in an indefinite sense here, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m624 figs-apostrophe λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’ Jesus is saying that at this time, people will figuratively address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m625 figs-quotesinquotes λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m626 figs-imperative πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us…Cover us This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us…We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m627 figs-explicit πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us…Cover us The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us…We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m628 figs-exclusive πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us…Cover us When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So use the exclusive form of **us** here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 nkk3 figs-metaphor ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry? This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in [21:20–24](../21/20.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 y238 figs-rquestion ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry? Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m629 writing-pronouns ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν 1 they do these things Jesus is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense here. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m630 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ 1 in the moist tree This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is fresh” or “when the wood is wet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m631 figs-metonymy ξύλῳ 1 tree Jesus is using the term **tree** figuratively to refer to wood that comes from a **tree**. Alternate translation: “wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m632 translate-unknown ξύλῳ 1 tree A **tree** is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as a building material. If your readers would not know what a **tree** is, or if people do not use wood from a **tree** as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 zt5s figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m633 figs-nominaladj ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m634 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 w8yj figs-activepassive ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m635 figs-verbs ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away If your language does use passive verb forms, and it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m636 writing-participants ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “two other men, who were criminals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m2nh figs-distinguish ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m637 figs-activepassive ἀναιρεθῆναι 1 to be put to death If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 wj2q writing-pronouns ὅτε ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον 1 when they came to the place The word **they** includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus. Alternate translation: “when they all arrived at the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 m638 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον 1 that is called If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 m639 translate-names Κρανίον 1 The Skull This is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 i3vx writing-pronouns ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him In this case the word **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 m640 translate-unknown ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 bjr2 figs-nominaladj ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν 1 one at the right and one at the left Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns, to describe locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m641 translate-textvariants ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν· Πάτερ, ἄφες αὐτοῖς, οὐ γὰρ οἴδασιν τί ποιοῦσιν 1 But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m642 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m643 grammar-connect-logic-result Πάτερ, ἄφες αὐτοῖς, οὐ γὰρ οἴδασιν τί ποιοῦσιν 1 Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m644 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m645 figs-imperative ἄφες αὐτοῖς 1 forgive them This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 qbj8 writing-pronouns διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 Then, dividing up his garments, they threw lots The word **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 uk4s translate-unknown ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 they threw lots The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could say that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a2h5 figs-explicit καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 And the people stood by watching, and the rulers were also ridiculing him The implication is that the **people** who **stood by watching** were also **ridiculing** Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m646 figs-explicit οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 the rulers This term refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman **rulers** of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 t7mb figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others The Jewish leaders are using irony here. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m647 figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m648 figs-hypo σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς 1 let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m3f6 figs-explicit σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 let him save himself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “led him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a963 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m649 translate-names ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 36 b3jz figs-explicit ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ 1 Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. There are two possibilities. (1) Since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) The soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 37 x5wr figs-hypo εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν 1 If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 23 37 m650 figs-explicit σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 save yourself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 38 l5be figs-metonymy ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 there was also an inscription over him Luke is referring figuratively to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an **inscription**, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 38 w7aw figs-irony ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 there was also an inscription over him The soliders did not really believer that Jesus was **the King of the Jews**. Rather, putting up this placard was another of the ways in which they mocked him. So the sign said the opposite of what the people who wrote it actually believed. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written mockingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 39 m651 figs-activepassive κρεμασθέντων 1 having been hung If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 39 z9ej ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν 1 blasphemed him As in [22:65](../22/65.md), the term **blasphemed** here likely has the general sense of “insulted,” although technically this criminal was guilty of blasphemy in the more specific sense, since he was suggesting that Jesus was not the Messiah. Alternate translation: “insulted him”
|
||||
LUK 23 39 tmy7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός? 1 Are you not the Christ? The criminal is using the question form to mock Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I thought you were supposed to be the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 39 g6uk figs-irony σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς 1 Save yourself and us The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 39 m652 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Since this criminal is using the term **us** to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 lb4e figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη 1 But answering, the other, rebuking him, said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m653 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other Luke is using the adjective **other** as a noun, to describe a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m654 figs-explicit οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m655 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ 1 you are under the same judgment The second criminal is using the word **judgment** figuratively to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we…we are receiving…we did The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m656 figs-verbs ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we…we are receiving…we did Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 i4gm figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς…δικαίως 1 we justly The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m657 figs-nominaladj ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν 1 worthy of what we did The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 nu35 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun, to describe a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 42 mht9 writing-pronouns καὶ ἔλεγεν 1 And he said The pronoun **he** refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 42 j9d9 figs-idiom μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me As in [1:72](../02/72.md), the word **remember** here figuratively describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 42 m658 figs-imperative μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 42 zyv3 figs-idiom ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 when you come into your kingdom To **come into** a **kingdom** means to begin to rule as king. Alternate translation: “when you begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 43 abcv writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to the second criminal. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to this criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 43 n6w9 ἀμήν, σοι λέγω 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the criminal. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 23 43 m659 σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 today you will be with me in paradise See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of how the term **today** belongs with this promise that Jesus is making to the criminal, and not with the introduction to the statement. Alternate translation: “you will be with me in paradise today”
|
||||
LUK 23 43 f1fl τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 in paradise See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term **paradise**. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m660 writing-background καὶ ἦν ἤδη 1 And it was already Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m661 translate-ordinal ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could mean one of two things. (1) The Greek term that ULT translates as **land** can refer to the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth” (2) The term can also refer to a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m662 figs-metonymy σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 hjt3 figs-personification τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος 1 The sun failed This means figuratively that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 m664 translate-symaction ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 ssh2 figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 the curtain of the temple Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 ah4k figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 was torn If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 m665 figs-explicit μέσον 1 in the middle The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing **the curtain** opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so **in the middle** means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 z1fq figs-idiom φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 crying out with a loud voice This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 r4ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 mix5 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 into your hands I entrust my spirit Jesus is using God’s **hands** figuratively to represent God’s care. Alternate translation: “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 m666 τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 my spirit The **spirit** of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus’ life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
|
||||
LUK 23 46 bd6y figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 he breathed out Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 23 47 p6lh figs-explicit ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης 1 the centurion The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 47 ar1d figs-nominaladj ἰδὼν…ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης τὸ γενόμενον 1 having seen the thing having happened Luke is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **thing** to show this. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he saw what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 47 m667 figs-explicit τὸ γενόμενον 1 the thing having happened Because the expression here is singular, by contrast with the plural expression in the next verse, it must refer to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 47 m668 ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων 1 glorified God, saying This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
|
||||
LUK 23 47 c2ti ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν 1 this man was righteous Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
|
||||
LUK 23 48 gt8y figs-explicit οἱ συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην 1 that had come together for this spectacle The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 48 yq19 figs-nominaladj θεωρήσαντες τὰ γενόμενα 1 having seen the things having happened Luke is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this, since the participle is plural. It refers to all of the events of the crucifixion, not just to the way Jesus died. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when they saw all that had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 48 whs7 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεφον 1 returned The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 48 ft9q translate-symaction τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη 1 beating their breasts As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 m669 figs-nominaladj πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun, to refer to a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 m670 figs-explicit πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in [19:30–33](../19/30.md) and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in [22:11–13](../11/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 xzh8 figs-explicit γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 the women who followed him from Galilee The word **followed** here does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in [8:2–3](../08/02.md), who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 s74u ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “what happened”
|
||||
LUK 23 50 cbj7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 ud7p writing-participants ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος 1 a man named Joseph was a council member, a good and righteous man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 m671 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 wx2z figs-explicit βουλευτὴς 1 a council member The term **council** refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in [22:66](../22/66.md). You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated it there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 m672 figs-doublet ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος 1 a good and righteous man The terms **good** and **righteous** mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 23 51 m673 writing-background (οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν) 1 (he had not agreed with the council and their action) Luke provides this background information about Joseph to help readers understand what happens in the next verse, when Joseph asks Pilate for permission to bury Jesus’ body. It may be helpful to make this a continuation of the last sentence in the previous verse, since it also shows that Joseph was a “good and righteous man,” as that sentence says. Alternate translation: “who had not agreed with the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 51 m674 figs-hendiadys τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν 1 the council and their action Luke is using a figure of speech in which two nouns are connected with the word **and**, and one of the nouns describes the other. Alternate translation: “the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 23 51 ddr1 figs-explicit τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν 1 the council and their action If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 51 rba6 figs-explicit ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, πόλεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 from Arimathea, a city of the Jews Since Joseph was a member of the Sanhedrin, he had likely come to live in Jerusalem, so Luke would mean that he was originally **from Arimathea**. Joseph had not come from Arimathea to Jerusalem for this occasion. Alternate translation: “who was originally from Arimathea, a city in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 51 m675 translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Arimathea This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 51 m676 figs-idiom ὃς προσεδέχετο τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who was waiting for the kingdom of God As in [2:25](../02/25.md) and [2:38](../02/38.md), the term **waiting** does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. See how you translated the term in those places. Alternate translation: “who was eagerly anticipating the coming of the kingdom of God” or “who was looking forward to the coming of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 52 tk6r figs-explicit οὗτος 1 This one **This one** implicitly means Joseph. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that it was Joseph who went to Pilate by using his name, as UST does, or by saying “this man.” Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 52 m677 figs-explicit προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 approaching Pilate, requested the body of Jesus The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to [12:5](../12/05.md) explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus’ body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 53 ec9d grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ καθελὼν 1 And taking it down Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus’ body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So Joseph took Jesus’ body down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 53 f5bq translate-unknown ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι 1 he wrapped it in a linen cloth This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 53 yy3n translate-unknown μνήματι λαξευτῷ 1 a hewn tomb This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could say that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 53 m5wu figs-doublenegatives οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος 1 where no one ever had lain Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 23 54 m678 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 54 tia9 figs-explicit ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς 1 it was the Day of Preparation If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **Day** was used in **Preparation** for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 54 b4i1 figs-metaphor Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν 1 the Sabbath was dawning For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks figuratively of this day **dawning** to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 55 pu3i figs-idiom αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ 1 who had come out of Galilee with him The expression **had come out** is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 55 m679 figs-ellipsis κατακολουθήσασαι 1 having followed after Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 55 m680 figs-hendiadys τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 the tomb and how his body was laid Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 23 55 nhd9 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 how his body was laid If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 56 sm68 figs-explicit ὑποστρέψασαι 1 returning If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 56 mj6q figs-explicit ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα 1 they prepared spices and ointments In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these **spices and ointments** to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 56 m681 translate-unknown ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα 1 spices and ointments The **spices** were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the **ointments** were sweet-smelling substances that were liquid. If your readers would not be familiar with **spices and ointments**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 56 uzk9 ἡσύχασαν 1 they rested Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
|
||||
LUK 23 56 tk6s κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν 1 according to the commandment Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
|
||||
LUK 24 intro r5qx 0 # Luke 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1–12)<br>2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13–35)<br>3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36–53)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The loyalty of the women<br><br>Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](./38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the third day”<br><br>This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../01/32.md), [24:21](../01/32.md), and [24:46](../01/32.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../01/32.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day. By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both of angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
LUK 24 1 m682 figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week Luke is actually using a cardinal number here, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 m683 figs-idiom ὄρθρου βαθέως 1 deeply at dawn This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” ro “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 qg7a writing-pronouns ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν 1 they came to the tomb The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55–56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 2 jq9p εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 they found the stone rolled away Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
|
||||
LUK 24 2 l6uk figs-activepassive τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 the stone rolled away If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 2 t4mf figs-explicit τὸν λίθον 1 the stone Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the doorway to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 3 m684 εἰσελθοῦσαι 1 having entered Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
|
||||
LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 bmt4 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m685 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 and Luke uses this word to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m686 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 as they became terrified…they said to them The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified…the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 n5xf translate-symaction κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 bowed their faces toward the ground Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 abcw figs-verbs εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 they said to them If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 fs3y figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν? 1 Why are you seeking the living among the dead? The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 m687 figs-nominaladj τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the living among the dead The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns, to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 m688 figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 awf1 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 s8k5 μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν 1 Remember how he spoke to you Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
|
||||
LUK 24 6 m689 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you The word **you** is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of **you** that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 m690 ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ 1 still being in Galilee Alternate translation: “when he was still in Galilee”
|
||||
LUK 24 7 sj3u figs-quotations λέγων…ὅτι 1 saying that These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 pl6b figs-activepassive τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…παραδοθῆναι 1 for the Son of Man to be delivered If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m691 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m692 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 e4ca figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 into the hands of sinful men As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m693 figs-activepassive καὶ σταυρωθῆναι 1 and to be crucified If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m694 figs-explicit καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι 1 and on the third day to rise up See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m695 figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise up Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 8 rew5 figs-metonymy ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 they remembered his words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 iz68 figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in [8:1](../08/01.md) and several other places in the book. See how you translated it there. Luke now says **the Eleven** because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 fnh6 figs-explicit καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς 1 and to all the rest Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 h1ml writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this phrase to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 m697 translate-names Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία 1 Mary Magdalene Mary is the name of a woman, and Magdalene is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated this in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 m698 translate-names Ἰωάννα 1 Joanna This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 m699 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 Mary the mother of James Mary is the name of a woman, and James is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m700 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 apl7 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m701 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν 1 before them Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m702 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς 1 and they disbelieved them This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so they did not believe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m703 writing-pronouns ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς 1 they disbelieved them The word **they** refers to the apostles and other believers, and the word **them** refers to the women. Alternate translation: “so the apostles and other believers did not believe the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 rm1d figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 rising up This expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that Peter had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “took initiative and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 ax6s figs-explicit παρακύψας 1 stooping down Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 m704 βλέπει 1 he sees To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
|
||||
LUK 24 12 n1tg figs-explicit τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα 1 only the linen cloths This refers to the **cloths** that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in [23:53](../23/53.md). The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 m705 ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός 1 he went away, wondering to himself what had happened Some versions, including UST, understand the Greek here differently. They take the meaning to be “he went away to himself, wondering” (that is, he went to his own home), rather than “he went away, to himself wondering” (the meaning that ULT reflects). If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
|
||||
LUK 24 13 emc5 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 m706 writing-background δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν 1 on that same day, two of them were going to a distant village Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 e8gx writing-pronouns δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 two of them The word **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 s5n1 figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that same day Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 m707 σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἐμμαοῦς 1 that was named Emmaus, 60 stadia from Jerusalem It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The name of the village was Emmaus, and it was 60 stadia from Jerusalem”
|
||||
LUK 24 13 d8jk translate-names Ἐμμαοῦς 1 Emmaus This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 cea7 translate-bdistance σταδίους ἑξήκοντα 1 60 stadia The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. Alternate translation: “about eleven kilometers” or “about seven miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
LUK 24 14 m708 figs-explicit πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτω 1 all these things that had happened If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **these things** means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 15 m709 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 15 b3sl writing-pronouns αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus himself The word **himself** emphasizes the fact that it was truly Jesus who joined them as they walked. This was not a vision in which Jesus only appeared to be there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 15 m710 ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς 1 approaching, was going with them Alternate translation: “caught up with them and walked along with them”
|
||||
LUK 24 16 q6nk figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses one part of the men, their **eyes**, to speak figuratively of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 16 m711 figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses the term **held** figuratively, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 16 m712 figs-activepassive οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 xak8 figs-youdual αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν 1 them…you are exchanging…you are walking…they stood still Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 m713 figs-metonymy οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 these words that you are exchanging with each other Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 m714 ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί 1 they stood still, gloomy Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m715 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answering…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 bqc9 translate-names Κλεοπᾶς 1 Cleopas This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 qx7m figs-rquestion σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις? 1 Are you alone visiting…in it in these days? Cleopas uses this question to show his surprise that this man appears not to know about the things that have happened in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person…days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 e8gg figs-you σὺ 1 e you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 aj5c ποῖα 1 What things? “What things have happened?” or “What things have taken place?”
|
||||
LUK 24 19 x25r προφήτης, δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ, ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 a prophet, mighty in deed and word before God and all the people This means that God caused Jesus to be mighty and that the people saw that he was mighty. Alternate translation: “a prophet to whom God gave power to do and teach great things that were amazing to all the people”
|
||||
LUK 24 20 a6aw παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν 1 delivered him up “gave him over”
|
||||
LUK 24 20 e5zt figs-activepassive εἰς κρίμα θανάτου, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν 1 to be condemned to death and crucified him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in order for the governor to put Jesus to death by crucifying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 ei9t 0 Connecting Statement: The two men continue responding to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 24 21 ljb1 figs-explicit ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 the one who was going to redeem Israel The Romans ruled over the Jews. Alternate translation: “who would free the Israelites from our Roman enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 d52i ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις 1 But in addition to all these things This introduces another reason why they believed Jesus would not free Israel. Alternate translation: “Now that does not seem possible because”
|
||||
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην…ἡμέραν 1 the third day The Jews counted any portion of a day as a day. Therefore, the day Jesus was raised was the “third day” because it followed the day of his burial and the Sabbath day. See how you translated this in [Luke 24:7](../24/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 sg3g ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 since all these things happened “since all the many actions that led up to the death of Jesus have taken place”
|
||||
LUK 24 22 csz6 0 Connecting Statement: The two men finish responding to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 24 22 l8dj ἀλλὰ καὶ 1 But also This introduces another reason why it the men did not understand what was happening concerning Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 24 22 a3j9 ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 among us “in our group”
|
||||
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι…ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb The women were the ones who were at the tomb.
|
||||
LUK 24 23 m4wy ὀπτασίαν ἀγγέλων 1 a vision of angels “angels in a vision”
|
||||
LUK 24 24 fkw9 αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον 1 But they did not see him “they did not see Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 24 25 r718 αὐτὸς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 Jesus said to them Jesus is speaking to the two disciples.
|
||||
LUK 24 25 vg3z figs-metonymy βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν 1 slow of heart to believe Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “your minds are slow to believe” or “you are slow to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 n85k figs-rquestion οὐχὶ…ἔδει…τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ? 1 Was it not necessary…his glory? Jesus uses a question to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. Alternate translation: “It was necessary…glory.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 f8es εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 to enter into his glory This refers to Jesus beginning to rule and to receive honor and glory.
|
||||
LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 beginning from Moses Moses wrote the first books of the Bible. Alternate translation: “beginning with the writings of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 vb2e διερμήνευσεν αὐτοῖς 1 he interpreted to them “Jesus explained to them”
|
||||
LUK 24 28 cdj2 αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι 1 he acted as though he were going further The two men understood from his actions that he was going on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter the gate into the village. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words.
|
||||
LUK 24 29 pn4d figs-hyperbole παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν 1 they compelled him You may need to make explicit what they compelled him to do. This is probably an exaggeration to show that they needed to speak with him for a long time before they could change his mind. The word “compel” means to use physical force, but it seems that they persuaded him using only words. Alternate translation: “they were able to persuade him to stay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 s6ps πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day is almost over The Jewish day ended at sundown.
|
||||
LUK 24 29 tgi6 εἰσῆλθεν 1 he went in “Jesus entered the house”
|
||||
LUK 24 29 p35b τοῦ μεῖναι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 stay with them “stay with the two disciples”
|
||||
LUK 24 30 k6ud καὶ ἐγένετο 1 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
LUK 24 30 t2zg τὸν ἄρτον 1 the bread This refers to bread made without yeast. It does not refer to food in general.
|
||||
LUK 24 30 ecm2 εὐλόγησεν 1 blessed it “gave thanks for it” or “thanked God for it”
|
||||
LUK 24 31 h4yr figs-metonymy αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 Then their eyes were opened Their “eyes” represent their understanding. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then they understood” or “Then they realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 q89z ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν 1 they recognized him “they recognized him.” These disciples had known him before his death.
|
||||
LUK 24 31 yev2 αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 he vanished from their sight This means that suddenly he was no longer there. It does not mean that he became invisible.
|
||||
LUK 24 32 inw4 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν…τὰς Γραφάς? 1 Was not our heart burning…the scriptures? They use a question to emphasize how amazed they were about their encounter with Jesus. The intense feelings they had while talking to Jesus are spoken of as if they were a fire burning inside them. Alternate translation: “Our hearts were burning…scriptures.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 xy6p ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς 1 while he opened to us the scriptures Jesus did not open a book or scroll. “opened” refers to their understanding. Alternate translation: “while he explained the scriptures to us” or “while he enabled us to understand the scriptures”
|
||||
LUK 24 33 d5lv 0 Connecting Statement: The two men go to Jerusalem to the eleven disciples to tell them about Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 24 33 qi47 καὶ ἀναστάντες 1 So they rose up “They” refers to the two men.
|
||||
LUK 24 33 ar2c ἀναστάντες 1 they rose up “got up” or “stood up”
|
||||
LUK 24 33 dw85 τοὺς ἕνδεκα 1 the eleven This refers to Jesus’ apostles. Judas was no longer included with them.
|
||||
LUK 24 34 kyn4 λέγοντας 1 saying “and those people told the two men”
|
||||
LUK 24 35 stf9 καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐξηγοῦντο 1 Then they told “So the two men told them”
|
||||
LUK 24 35 fb1r τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the things that happened on the way This refers to Jesus appearing to them while they were on their way to the village of Emmaus.
|
||||
LUK 24 35 mnn2 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς 1 how Jesus was made known to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 y3f8 ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of the bread “when Jesus broke the bread” or “when Jesus tore the bread”
|
||||
LUK 24 36 e8i4 0 General Information: Jesus appears to the disciples. When the two men previously arrived at the house where the Eleven were, Jesus was not with them.
|
||||
LUK 24 36 rt8d figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 Jesus himself The word “himself” focuses on Jesus and the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to them. Most of them had not seen him after his resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 36 q7yl ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them “among them”
|
||||
LUK 24 36 pnl1 figs-you εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace be to you “May you have peace” or “May God give you peace!” The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 24 37 i2tu πτοηθέντες δὲ 1 But they were terrified “But” indicates a strong contrast. Jesus told them to be at peace, but they were very afraid instead.
|
||||
LUK 24 37 kf17 figs-doublet πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι 1 they were terrified, and became very afraid “startled and afraid.” These two phrases mean about the same thing, and are used together to emphasize their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 24 37 z4q5 ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν 1 thinking that they saw a spirit “thought that they were seeing a ghost.” They did not yet truly understand that Jesus was really alive.
|
||||
LUK 24 37 q9rf πνεῦμα 1 a spirit Here it refers to the spirit of a dead person.
|
||||
LUK 24 38 jj1h figs-rquestion τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ 1 Why are you troubled? Jesus uses a question to comfort them. Alternate translation: “Do not be frightened.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 38 ic97 figs-rquestion διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν? 1 Why do doubts arise in your heart? Jesus uses a question to mildly rebuke them. Jesus was telling them not to doubt that he was alive. The word “heart” is a metonym for a persons’ mind. Alternate translation: “Do not doubt in your minds!” or “Stop doubting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 39 a12n ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε…ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα 1 Touch me and see…you see me having Jesus asks them to confirm by touch that he is not a ghost. It may be helpful to combine and reorder these two sentences. Alternate translation: “Touch me and feel that I have flesh and bones that a ghost would not have”
|
||||
LUK 24 39 tf2v σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα 1 flesh and bones This is a way of referring to the physical body.
|
||||
LUK 24 40 qm9p τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 his hands and his feet It is understood that his hands and feet contained the nail marks from his crucifixion that would prove it was really Jesus. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the wounds in his hands and his feet”
|
||||
LUK 24 41 hr4f ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 Now when they still could not believe it because of the joy “They were so full of joy that they still could not believe it was really true”
|
||||
LUK 24 43 tyh4 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν 1 ate it before them Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body. Spirits would not be able to eat food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 43 j8qf ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν 1 before them “in front of them” or “while they were watching”
|
||||
LUK 24 44 tfk8 ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν 1 while I was still with you “When I was with you before”
|
||||
LUK 24 44 g76a figs-activepassive δεῖ πληρωθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all that was written…the Psalms must be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God would fulfill all that was written…Psalms” or “God would cause all that was written…Psalms to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 44 q7x8 figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all that was written in the law of Moses and the Prophets and the Psalms The words “law of Moses,” “the Prophets,” and “the Psalms” are proper names for parts of the Hebrew Bible. This can be stated in active form and using common nouns. Alternate translation: “all that Moses wrote in the law, all that the prophets wrote, and all that the writers of the Psalms wrote about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 45 qf61 figs-idiom τότε διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν τοῦ συνιέναι τὰς Γραφάς 1 Then he opened their minds to understand the scriptures To “open the mind” is an idiom that means to enable someone to understand. Alternate translation: “Then he enabled them to understand the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 cwr5 figs-activepassive οὕτως γέγραπται 1 Thus it has been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what people long ago wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 e75f ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 rise again from the dead In this verse, “to rise” is to come alive again. The words “from the dead” speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
LUK 24 46 r2zy translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day The Jews counted any portion of a day as a day. Therefore, the day Jesus was raised was the “third day” because it followed the day of his burial and the Sabbath day. See how you translated this in [Luke 24:7](../24/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 w5j5 figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Followers of the Christ should preach to people in all the nations that they need to repent and that they need God to forgive their sins through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 lty6 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name His “name” here refers to his authority. Alternate translation: “by the Christ’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 w1ha πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations “all the ethnic communities” or “all the people groups”
|
||||
LUK 24 47 wiq7 ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 beginning from Jerusalem “starting in Jerusalem”
|
||||
LUK 24 48 z5cx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the disciples.
|
||||
LUK 24 48 wp38 ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες 1 You are witnesses “You are to tell others that what you saw about me is true.” The disciples had observed Jesus’ life, death and resurrection, and could describe to other people what he did.
|
||||
LUK 24 49 m2lm figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 I am sending upon you the promise of my Father “I will give you what my Father promised to give you.” God had promised to give the Holy Spirit. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 ynm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 c4iv figs-metaphor ἐνδύσησθε…δύναμιν 1 you are clothed with power God’s power will cover them in the same way that clothes cover a person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 l46b ἐξ ὕψους 1 from on high “from above” or “from God”
|
||||
LUK 24 50 bd6p ἐξήγαγεν…αὐτοὺς 1 he led them out “Jesus led the disciples outside the city”
|
||||
LUK 24 50 cm9a translate-symaction ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his hands This was the action that priests performed when they blessed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 51 dzr3 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Now it happened that “It came about.” This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 51 zx4t ἐν τῷ εὐλογεῖν αὐτὸν αὐτοὺς 1 while he was blessing them “while Jesus was asking God to do good to them”
|
||||
LUK 24 51 clx9 figs-activepassive ἀνεφέρετο 1 was carried up Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up, we do not know if it was God himself or one or more angels. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it would be better to use “went” instead, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 52 a8vw writing-endofstory 0 General Information: These verses tell us about the ongoing actions of the disciples as the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 24 52 kzy4 αὐτοὶ προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 they worshiped him “the disciples worshiped Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 24 52 e4d4 ὑπέστρεψαν 1 and returned “and then returned”
|
||||
LUK 24 53 wa3d figs-hyperbole διὰ…ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 continually in the temple This is an exaggeration to express that they went into the temple courtyard every day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 edm3 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed into the temple building. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 pex4 εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν 1 blessing God “praising God”
|
||||
LUK 24 18 qx7m figs-rquestion σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις? 1 Are you alone visiting Jerusalem and have not known the things that have happened in her in these days? Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m716 figs-nominaladj τὰ γενόμενα 1 the things having happened Cleopas is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this, since the participle is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the events that have taken place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m717 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 in her Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m718 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in these days Cleopas is using the term **days** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 aj5c figs-explicit ποῖα 1 What kind This implicitly means, “**What kind** of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 m719 figs-verbs οἱ…εἶπαν 1 they said Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 m720 translate-names Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ 1 Jesus the Nazarene The term **Nazarene** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in [18:37](../18/37.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 m721 figs-idiom ἀνὴρ, προφήτης 1 a man, a prophet This is an idiomatic way of speaking about a person in an honorable way. Alternate translation: “a distinguished prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 m722 figs-metonymy δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ 1 powerful in work and word The two men are using the term **work** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus did, and the term **word** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “who did great miracles and taught profound things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 x25r figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in front of God and all the people This expression means “while God and all the people were watching.” In the case of **God**, it means figuratively that God gave Jesus the power to do miracles and to teach profound things. In the case of **the people**, it means that the miracles and teachings of Jesus amazed the people when they saw and heard them. Alternate translation: “as God empowered him, to the amazement of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 m723 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “great crowds of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 24 20 m724 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This is a reference to the Jewish leaders, and the two men likely recognize Jesus as a fellow Jew, so the word **our** would be inclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 20 e5zt figs-metonymy παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν…εἰς κρίμα θανάτου 1 delivered him to a judgment of death The men are using the **judgment of death**, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, figuratively to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 20 m725 figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν 1 and crucified him The men speak as if the **chief priests and …rulers** crucified Jesus themselves. They are speaking figuratively, describing all of the people who were responsible for the crucifixion of Jesus, including the crowds, Pilate, and the Roman soldiers, by reference to the Jewish leaders, who set the process in motion by stirring up the crowds and persuading Pilate. Alternate translation: “so that he was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 ei9t figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἠλπίζομεν 1 we were hoping The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so **we** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 ljb1 figs-metaphor ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 the one who was going to redeem Israel See how you translated the similar expression in [2:38](../02/38.md). The word **redeem** means literally to “buy back,” for example, to buy someone’s freedom from slavery, but the men are using it in a figurative sense here. Alternate translation: “the person who was going to bring God’s blessings and favor back to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 m726 figs- personification τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Israel The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 d52i figs-idiom ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις 1 But indeed also with all these things The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. (UST presents a different understanding of this expression.) Alternate translation: “And here is something else extraordinary that has happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 sg3g figs-explicit τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened The men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive, but they are actually saying how long it has been since he died, because they are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would get up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in [9:22](../09/22.md), and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 a3j9 γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 some women among us Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
|
||||
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb early The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
|
||||
LUK 24 23 m728 καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν 1 and not finding his body, they came If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you can continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m729 τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν 1 some of those with us Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m730 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m731 figs-explicit εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον 1 they found it thus, just as the women had indeed said If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 24 fkw9 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον 1 they did not see him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m732 figs-nominaladj ἀνόητοι 1 foolish ones Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m733 figs-youdual ἀνόητοι 1 foolish ones Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 vg3z figs-metaphor καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν 1 and slow in heart to believe The term **heart** figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m734 figs-metonymy καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν 1 and slow in heart to believe The word **slow** figuratively represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m735 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται 1 all that the prophets have spoken The term **all** is a generalization that refers specifically to what the prophets said about the Messiah. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 n85k figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ? 1 Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory? Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 m736 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 and to enter into his glory This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 f8es figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 to enter into his glory This is likely a reference to the Messiah beginning his reign as king. (However, UST offers a different interpretation of the phrase.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to begin his glorious rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses…the prophets Luke is using the name **Moses** figuratively to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses…the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 m737 καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 and from all the prophets The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
|
||||
LUK 24 28 m738 figs-verbs ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο 1 they drew near to the village where they were going The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 28 cdj2 figs-explicit αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι 1 he acted as if he would travel farther This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m739 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m740 figs-verbs παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 they urged…us…them This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 pn4d figs-ellipsis παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m741 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 s6ps figs-parallelism πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m742 figs-explicit πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m743 figs-metonymy κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 the day has already declined The disciples are referring figuratively to the sun as **the day**, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 tgi6 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 3 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 30 k6ud writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 30 m744 translate-unknown ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 when he had reclined at the table with them See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 24 30 ecm2 εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed it Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
|
||||
LUK 24 30 m745 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 them This pronoun would be in the dual, if your language marks that form, since it refers to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 h4yr figs-metonymy αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 their eyes were opened The term **eyes** here figuratively represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 m746 figs-activepassive αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 their eyes were opened If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 yev2 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 he became invisible from them Luke uses an unusual expression here, saying that Jesus **became invisible**. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m747 figs-verbs εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 they said…our…us…us This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 inw4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς? 1 Was not our heart burning, as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures? The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m748 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning The men are using the metaphor of a **heart burning** to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m749 figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m750 οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “were not our hearts burning”
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m751 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν 1 our heart The men are using the term **heart** figuratively to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m752 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us…us The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 xy6p figs-metaphor ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς 1 as he opened to us the Scriptures Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term **opened** figuratively means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 qi47 figs-verbs ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον 1 rising up…they returned…they found These verbs would be in the dual, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 ar2c figs-idiom ἀναστάντες 1 rising up As in [24:12](../24/12.md), this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “they got going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 m753 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 that same hour Luke is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “that very moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 m754 figs-activepassive εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 dw85 translate-names τοὺς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven See how you translated this in [24:9](../24/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 kyn4 λέγοντας 1 saying This word applies to the apostles and disciples in Jerusalem, not to the two men who had just traveled back from Emmaus. Alternate translation: “and they told the two men”
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m755 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord The apostles and disciples are referring to Jesus here by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m756 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord has been raised If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m757 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 and The apostles and disciples use this word to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m758 figs-activepassive ὤφθη Σίμωνι 1 he has been seen by Simon If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m759 translate-names Σίμωνι 1 Simon This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 m760 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς 1 they…them These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 fb1r figs-ellipsis τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the things on the way Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 mnn2 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς 1 how he was made known to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 y3f8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of the bread Luke is using **the breaking of the bread** figuratively to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 36 m761 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 they This pronoun refers to the two men who returned from Emmaus, so it would be in the dual, if your language marks that form. You could also use a noun phrase instead. Alternate translation: “the two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 36 rt8d figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἔστη 1 he himself stood Luke uses the word **himself** to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 36 q7yl ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them Alternate translation: “among them” or “in their group”
|
||||
LUK 24 36 pnl1 figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you As the note to the similar phrase in [10:5](../10/05.md) explains, this was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 37 i2tu grammar-connect-logic-result πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν 1 being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought they were seeing a spirit If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 37 kf17 figs-doublet πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι 1 being frightened and becoming terrified These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they became very frightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 24 37 m762 figs-activepassive πτοηθέντες 1 being frightened If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 37 z4q5 figs-explicit ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν 1 they thought they were seeing a spirit If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 37 q9rf πνεῦμα 1 a spirit In this context, this term refers to the **spirit** of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
|
||||
LUK 24 38 jj1h figs-rquestion τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you troubled, and why are doubts arising in your heart? Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 38 m763 figs-activepassive τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ 1 Why have you been troubled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 38 m764 figs-metaphor διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 why are doubts arising in your heart Jesus is using the term **arising** figuratively to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 38 m765 figs-explicit διαλογισμοὶ 1 doubts If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 38 m766 ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one **heart**, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
|
||||
LUK 24 38 m767 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart As in [24:35](../24/25.md), the **heart** figuratively represents the mind here. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 39 m768 figs-metonymy ἴδετε τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου 1 See my hands and my feet Jesus is figuratively telling the disciples to look at the nail marks from crucifixion, by reference to where those marks are, in his **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “Look at the nail marks in my hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 39 m769 figs-rpronouns ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτός 1 that I myself am Jesus uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he genuinely us who he appears to be. Alternate translation: “and you will recognize that it is really me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 39 a12n grammar-connect-logic-result ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε, ὅτι πνεῦμα σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα 1 Touch me and see, for a spirit does not have flesh and bones as you see me having If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since a ghost does not have a physical body, as you see that I have, touch me to determine that my body is real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 39 m770 figs-metaphor καὶ ἴδετε 1 and see The word **see** here does not literally mean to look at something. Rather, it figuratively means to determine something. Alternate translation: “to determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 39 tf2v figs-merism σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα 1 flesh and bones Jesus is describing the human body figuratively by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 24 40 qm9p figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 his hands and his feet As in [24:39](../24/39.md), this figuratively means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 41 m771 figs-doublet ἀπιστούντων…θαυμαζόντων 1 disbelieving and wondering These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 24 41 m772 figs-explicit ἀπιστούντων…θαυμαζόντων 1 disbelieving and wondering If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the disciples were **disbelieving and wondering** about. Alternate translation: “finding it very hard to believe that Jesus was actually there with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 41 hr4f figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 from the joy If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 41 m773 τι βρώσιμον 1 anything eatable Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
|
||||
LUK 24 43 tyh4 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν 1 he ate it before them Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 43 j8qf figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν 1 he ate it before them This expression means “in front of them,” that is, “where they could see him.”
|
||||
LUK 24 44 m774 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 These are my words that I spoke to you Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 44 tfk8 ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν 1 when I was still with you Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
|
||||
LUK 24 44 q7x8 figs-merism πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms 1 all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms Jesus is referring figuratively to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 24 44 m775 figs-nominaladj πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all the things having been written about me Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is written about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 44 g76a figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all the things having been written about me If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 44 m776 translate-names ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις 1 in the law of Moses, and in the prophets Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 44 m777 figs-synecdoche καὶ ψαλμοῖς 1 in the Psalms Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 44 m778 figs-activepassive δεῖ πληρωθῆναι 1 must be fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before **all the things**. Alternate translation: “that God would make happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 45 qf61 figs-idiom διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 he opened their mind This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 45 m779 αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 their mind If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one **mind**, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
|
||||
LUK 24 46 cwr5 figs-activepassive οὕτως γέγραπται 1 Thus it has been written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 m780 figs-synecdoche παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν 1 the Christ would suffer Jesus uses the word **suffer** to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 e75f figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 rise up Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 m781 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun, to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 m782 figs-explicit τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 r2zy translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 m783 figs-abstractnouns κηρυχθῆναι…μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 w5j5 figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι…μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 lty6 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name The **name** of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority here. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 w1ha figs-metonymy εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 to all the nations The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people who belong to various ethnic groups. Alternate translation: “to all the people in every people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 wiq7 figs-explicit ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 beginning from Jerusalem The word **beginning** is a participle that is plural. In context, it must refer to the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show the implications of this in your translation. This is really a command from Jesus. It may be good to make this a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “You are to do this starting here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 48 wp38 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες τούτων 1 You are witnesses of these things The implication is that because the disciples are **witnesses** of the things that happened to Jesus, they are the ones who should go and tell others about these things, from their own firsthand experience. Alternate translation: “You saw everything that happened to me, and now you must go and tell others what you saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 m2lm figs-explicit τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 the promise of my Father This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 ynm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 m784 figs-imperative ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε 1 But you stay This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 m785 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 in the city This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 c4iv figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε…δύναμιν 1 until you put on power Jesus speaks figuratively of this **power** as if it were clothing that the disciples would **put on**. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 l46b figs-metonymy ἐξ ὕψους 1 from heaven Jesus uses the term **heaven** to refer to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 50 bd6p translate-names ἕως πρὸς Βηθανίαν 1 as far as towards Bethany **Bethany** is the name of a village outside Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “to a place near the village of Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 50 cm9a translate-symaction ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his hands This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 51 dzr3 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 51 clx9 figs-activepassive ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 he was carried up into heaven Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 52 kzy4 προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 having worshiped him Alternate translation: “after worshiping him there”
|
||||
LUK 24 52 m786 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγάλης 1 with great joy If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “happily.” Alternate translation: “very happily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 m787 figs-ellipsis διὰ παντὸς 1 through all Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 wa3d figs-hyperbole διὰ παντὸς 1 through all Luke means that the disciples were in the temple **through all** the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 edm3 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 pex4 εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν 1 blessing God Alternate translation: “worshiping God”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue